EPA 660/ 3-73-021
DECEMBER  1973
                                Ecological Research Series
                                         1
                    FIRST ANNUAL  REPORTS
                                 Of  THE   EPA
                            IFYGL PROJECTS
                                                No.3
                                   tfatipai fnvftORffieflfaf Research Centei
                                    Bffice af Research MJmlopesl
                                    H:S. tftvifonnttfitai ProtecHos
                                        to wife. OregOR

-------
                                      EPA~6$3-73-021
                                      December 1973
    FIRST ANNUAL REPORTS OF THE EPA

            IFYGL PROJECTS
        Program Element 1B1026
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
        Grosse lie Laboratory
  Office of Research and Development
            9311 Groh Road
      Grosse He, Michigan  48138
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER
  OFFICE OF RESiEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
       CORVALLIS, OREGON  97330

-------
                    RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
Research reports of the Office of Research and Development,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; have been grouped into
five series.  These five broad categories were established to
facilitate further development and application of environmental
technology.  Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface
in related fields.  The five series are:

      1.  Environmental Health Effects Research
      2.  Environmental Protection Technology
      3.  Ecological Research
      4.  Environmental Monitoring
      5.  Socioeconomic Environmental Studies

This report has been assigned to the ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH STUDIES
series.  This series describes research on the effects of pollution
on humans, plant and animal species, and materials.  Problems
are assessed for their long- and short-term influences.  Investigations
include formation, transport, and pathway studies to determine
the fate of pollutants and their effects.  This work provides
the technical basis for setting standards to minimize undesirable
changes in living organisms in the aquatic, terrestrial and atmospheric
environments.
                         EPA REVIEW NOTICE

This report has been reviewed by the Office of Research and
Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and approved
for publication.  Approval does not signify that the contents
necessarily reflect the views and policies of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, nor does mention of trade names or commercial
products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                                 PREFACE

              The U.S. Chemistry-Biology Program in IFYGL
     The field data collection phase of an intensive multidisciplinary
study of Lake Ontario was conducted in 1972-73 by agencies of the United
States and Canada.  The scientific program was designed to further the
basic scientific knowledge of the Great Lakes, to provide the basis for
improved water quality and quantity management, and to comprehend the broad
impact of the lake on the environment of the Great Lakes Basin.

     The Chemistry-Biology Program had three major objectives—material
balance studies, evaluation of the current ecologic status of the lake,
and the development of predictive mathematical models.  The chemistry
program was conducted at the Rochester Field Office of Region II.  The
biologically related studies were mainly performed through ten grants
administered by the Grosse lie Laboratory.  This document is a first
attempt to bring together the annual.reports prepared by the Grantees.
It is hoped that distribution of these annual reports will provide for
a more complete analysis of the data collected during IFYGL.
                                        Nelson A.  Thomas
                                        U.S. Co-Chairman
                                     Biology-Chemistry Panel

-------
                                 CONTENTS
Preface

Sections
                                                 iii
    I    Grant 800496
   II    Grant 800536
  III    Grant 800537
   IV    Grant 800605
    V    Grant 800608
   VI    Grant 800609
  VII    Grant 800610
 VIII    Grant 800646
New York State Department of Conservation
Hetling, Leo
"Occurrence and Transport of Nutrients and
Hazardous Polluting Solutions in Genesee
River Basin"

State University of New York at Albany
McNaught, Donald C.
"Zooplankton Production in Lake Ontario as
Influenced by Environmental Perturbations"

University of Wisconsin
Lee, G. Fred
"Algal Nutrients Availability and Limitation
in Lake Ontario During IFYGL"

University of Michigan
Stoermer, Eugene F.
"Analysis of Phytoplankton Composition and
Abundance During IFYGL"

University of Wisconsin
Lee, G. Fred
"Exploration of Halogenated and Related
Hazardous Chemicals in Lake Ontario"

University of Wisconsin
Armstrong, D. E.
"Phosphorus Release and Uptake by Lake
Ontario Sediments  (IFYGL)"

Manhattan College
Thomann, Robert A.
"Mathematical Modeling of Eutrophication of
Large Lakes"

State University of New York at Oswego
Moore, Richard B.
"A Near-Shore Survey of Eastern Lake Ontario"

Sub Contract to Grant 800646
State University of New York at Albany
McNaught, Donald C.
"Planktonic Rotifera and Crustacea of the
Lake Ontario Inshore Region"
29
71
90
110
123
141
172
                                                                          191
                                  iv

-------
                                  CONTENTS,  Cent.
Sections                                                                   Page

   IX      Grant 800701    State University College  at  Buffalo              218
                           Sweeney,  Robert A.
                           "Analysis and Model  of  the Impact  of Discharges
                           from the  Niagara and Genesee Rivers of  the
                           Near-Shore of Lake Ontario"

   X       Grant 800778    Enviromental Research Institute  of Michigan      330
                           Polcyn, F.  C.
                           "A Remote Sensing Program for the  Determination
                           of Cladophora Distribution in Lake Ontario
                           (IFYGL)"

-------
         OCCURRENCE  AND TRANSPORT OF NUTRIENTS

           AND HAZARDOUS POLLUTING SUBSTANCES




              GRANT NUMBER:   800496
                    Progress Report

               April 1972 - August 1973
          Environmental Quality Research Unit
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation
                  Albany, Nfew York
                        -1-

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
;I     INTRODUCTION  	    4




II    PROJECT OBJECTIVES		    5




III   OVERALL PROJECT PLAN  	    5




IV    SITE SELECTION  	    7




      A.  Genesee River Basin 	    7




      B.  Specific Site Selection  	    9




          1.  Water Quality Network 	    9




          2.  Point Source Network	   12




V     FIELD & LABORATORY METHODS 	   15




      A.  General 	   15




      B.  Sample Collection and Storage  	   15,




          1.  Water Samples	   15




          2.  Sediment Samples 	   17




      C.  Analytical Methods 	   17




          1.  Water Samples 	   17




          2.  Sediment Samples 	   17




VI    TIME AND COST ANALYSIS 	   19




VII   PROGRESS TO DATE 	   19




      A. Historical Review  	   19




      B. Partial Sampling Results  	   19




      C. Problems	   19

-------
VIII  FUTURE PLANS 	    21




      A.  Field Work 	    21




      B.  Data Analysis 	    21




          1.  Literature Data 	    21




          2.  Water Quality Nework Data 	    21




          3.  Point Source Stream Data 	    22




IX    TABLES 	    23




X     FIGURES 	    25




XI    BIBLIOGRAPHY 	    28
                             -3-

-------
                             INTRODUCTION






          The central objective of the International Field Year for




the Great Lakes (IFYGL) is the development of a sound scientific basis




for water resource management on the Great Lakes as an aid in solving




problems of water quality and quantity   . In order to understand the mass




and energy transport into, within and out of Lake Ontario, a major portion




of the stuu-/ must be the determination and quantification of the significant




input sources, such as air and water-borne material.




          Since the bulk of niass inputs  -.0 Lake Ontario is likely to be




water-borne, a watershed study which includes rates of contaminant discharge




originating within an area and the transport, decay and storage of the




contaminant through the watercourse appears to be in order.




          The transport and decay of the traditional polluting substances




(BOD, MPN, etc.) within streams is fairly well understood so that such




materials dc not need extensive study.  However, modern society also




disposes of nutrient material and a great variety of synthetic, hazardous




materials whose fate in nature is poorly known.   Many industrial inorganic




chemicals such as sulfides, cyanides, fluorides, heavy and 'noble metal, and




organic chemicals such as solvents, dyes and peroxides present public health,




ecological and economic problems after discharge.   Within the agricultural




sector, many chemicals are broadcast over wide areas and enter watercourses




via runoff, percolation, rainfall and dustfall.   Both inorganic and organic




biocides are presently in use and include such substances as lead arsenate,




parathion, chlorinated hydrocarbons and insect hormones.
                                 -4-

-------
                          PROJECT OBJECTIVES






          The goals of this project are the determination of the rates




of discharge of selected hazardous polluting substances and-nutrients in




selected drainage basins and the determination of the rates of transport,




storage and decay of the substances within the streams in the study area.



If successful, this study could provide a tool for predicting changes in



lake inputs with changing land use patterns.






                         OVERALL PROJECT PLAN




          "Hie first part of this study was the determination of the general




background conditions in the study area.  These conditions are' being measured




by a water quality network of 10 samplinc sites located in unpolluted reaches




of streams which have different predominant land uses.  Both water




and sediment samples are being taken.  The sampling program consists of




15 water analyses per station every two weeks for 18 months and 5 sediment




analyses per station once every 4 months for 16 months.  In addition to




phosphorus and nitrogen, attention is being given to toxic metals, pesticides



and other exotic pollutants.




          To supplement the water quality data, flow, land use and clima-



tological information is being collected.  By combining the concentration




and flow data, fluxes for the various materials can be estimated.  In this



way, the relative magnitudes of the yields will be estimated and a detailed




mapping of the seasonal variations by sub-areas made.



          An attempt will be made to correlate the estimated rates of



discharge of hazardous agricultural chemicals and nutrients from given land



uses to rainfall, runoff, soil type and known application rates.
                                  -5-

-------
          Supplementing  analyses being made as part of this project, an




aliquot of the samples collected as part of the water quality network is



being shipped to the University of Wisconsin for use in the IFYGL project.



entitled, "Algal Nutrient Availability and Limitations in Lake Ontario".




          In addition to the operation of a general water quality network



a point source sampling network has been established to facilitate the




development of transport data for hazardous substances and nutrients.




Three streams are being intensively studied immediately upstream, downstream




every half mile for several miles, and at the outfall of treatment plants




to determine rates of mass transport, storage and decay in the system.



Each point is being sampled bi-weekly for 5 months.  There will also be




an intensive sampling period of 5 continuous days on each stream.  Addi- .



tional stations will be sampled during this period so that certain inputs




to the streams (particularly field drains and tributaries that are not



monitored on the normal bi-weekly trips) may be adequately checked.  The



sampling program consists of 13 water analyses per station and 4 sediment




analyses per station during each sampling period.  Plankton and macrophyte



samples are also being taken at selected stations along each stream.
                                     -6-

-------
                                 SITE SELECTION


Genesee River Basin


          After consideration of watersheds available, it was determined that the


Genesee River Basin had the most desirable characteristics for meeting the project


objectives.


          The Genesee River drains some 2,384 sq. miles in Central New York and


another 96 sq. miles in North-Central Pennsylvania (Figure l).  The watershed is


roughly rectangular in shape, running north-south, and is about 100 miles long and


40 miles wide.  The river flows north from Pennsylvania through New York to Lake


Ontario.  In its course, it intersects the Barge Canal just south of Rochester and


continues on through the city.  The Genesee River discharge .averages about 2,726 cfs


near Rochester, and the river flow is carefully regulated by a series of dams in and


near the city.  Three substantial tributaries enter the Genesee River just upstream


of Rochester:  Black Creek (mean discharge 101 cfs}, Oatka Creek (mean discharge


195 cfs), and Honeoye Creek (165 cfs).


          The basin has a humid climate with cold winters and mild summers.  The


average yearly temperature in the lower basin is 50°F.  In the higher elevations the


average is 44°F.  Average annual precipitation is 34 inches, decreasing from a high


of 42 in. in the upper basin to 28 in. in the lower basin.  The entire watershed is


subject to local cloudburst-type storms*- '.


          A summertime deficiency of rainfall often occurs in the Genesee Basin.  The


deficiency extends through the upper four inches of soil as a regular occurrence

                         (2)
during part of the summer   .


          A wide variety of soil types and geochemical areas exist as one moves from


the mouth of the basin at Lake Ontario up to the upland areas in Pennsylvania.
          Topographically, the Genesee River Basin consists of three terraces sepa-


rated by northward-facing escarpments^ ' (Figure II).  The southernmost terrace is


the Allegheny Plateau whose northernmost edge is the Portage Escarpment which cuts
                                       -7-

-------
across the basin north of Mt. Morris -on an east-west line.  The soils in this area


are siltstone, shale and sandstone mixed on glacial till with moderate-to-somewhat-

                       f3\
poor drainage qualitiesv '.


          Between the Portage Escarpment on the south and the Niagara Escarpment in


Rochester on the north, lies the Erie and Huron Plains area.  This area has a rolling


surface with long, gradual slopes except along the tributary streams which lie in


deep ravines.  Here the soils are predominately limestone with shale and sandstone,


on glacial till with good to moderately good drainage.  There is clay concentrated


in the subsoil.


          The harrow lake plain within the City of Rochester, north of the Niagara


Escarpment, consists of lacustrine silt and clay deposits.  These soils are imper-


fectly to poorly drained.


          A wide array of land use activities are represented in the basin as shown


in Table I.


          The largest concentration of urban and residential area is in the Rochester


Metropolitan area where the population grew from 615,044 in 1950 to 882,667 in 1970.


All of this growth has occurred in the suburban areas since the central city popula-


tion in 1950 was 332,488 and fell to 296,233 in 1970.  This population is concentrated


along the main stem of the Genesee River and near Lake:0ntario.  Rochester itself is


heavily industrialized.  The area is served by the Barge Canal, 5 railroads, 5 major


highways (including the New York State Thruway) and 3 airlines.  The Barge Canal, in


particular, is still used to move bulky goods like oil, petroleum products, fertilizer


and scrap.


          The Basin north of suburban Rochester is for the most part sparsely populated


and consists of primarily agricultural lands with some forested areas.  Although the


agriculture is predominantly dairy, there are extensive truck and row crop areas


with a prevalence of vegetable crops and fruit orchards.  Corn is the major crop.


Oats, wheat and barley combined occupy about the same acreage as corn.

-------
          New York State has maintained 8 water sampling  stations  in  the




Genesee River Basin and has collected historical water quality data,  and



the U. S. Geological Survey has maintained stream gages on the river  since



1935 and on its tributaries since 1945.




          The State District Health and Environmental Conservation offices



are located in the Genesee Basin and have personnel familiar with  the  area.



An Environmental Protection Agency sampling station for the materials



balance aspect of IFYGL is also located at the mouth of this watershed  and



will provide a connecting line between the two studies.
                                  -9-

-------
Specific Site Slection





                         Water Quality Network



            Sub-watershed areas with various single major land use in



the Genesee Basin were chosen by using the LUNR area data land use maps.


                               (3)
The New York State LUNR program    is a detailed inventory of land



use and natural resources of New York State.  A field survey was then



made to check any changes in land use that may have occurred since the



land use photos were taken in 1968.  The streams in each of the sub-



watersheds were visited.  Each stream had to be large enough to have some



flow during periods of dry weather and had to be accessible all year



round.  The final areas chosen were:  (Fig. 1 through 7)





            Cropland - Spring Creek (North of Byron)



            Pasture - Jaycox Creek (North of Geneseo)



            Brushland - East Valley Creek (North of Andover)



            Forest - Briggs Gully (East of Honeoye Lake)



            High Density Residential - Dansville



            Urban - Aliens Creek (East of Rochester)





            Table II summarizes the flows, areas, and percent of various



land uses in each subwatershed.
                                  -10-

-------
        Station 501 (Cropland) is located on Spring Creek (Fig. 2),




north of Byron at the bridge on Route 237.  There are 21 dairy farms




with a total of 1280 cows and 630 heifers in this area and 2 pig farms.




Approximately 54% of the cropland is in corn, oats, wheat and barley.




        In the Urban area (Station 502) (Fig. 3), there are 26 active




farms, including one dairy farm and 4 horse farms, a total of 29 parks,




golf courses and recreational facilities, 21 schools, 13 churches, 1




prison, 1 sewage treatment plant and 30 apartment buildings.  Storm and




sanitary sewers are separate with the storm sewers all draining into




Ellens Creek or its tributaries.  From May through October, steel




siphons (2-10" and 1-8") drain water from the Barge Canal into Aliens




Creek.  The sampling point is located at the U. S. Geological Survey




gaging station at the Aliens Creek Sewage Treatment Plant, upstream of




the-plant outfall.




        The pasture area (Station 504)(Fig. 4) at Jaycox Creek is a




summer pasture for horses and cows.  Samples are taken at 2 branches of




the Creek (Stations 503 and 505), upstream of the pasture area to monitor




the parameter levels of the inflow to the pasture area.  Station 504 is




located at the bridge on Nations Road.  Station 503 is located north of




Geneseo, where the northern branch of Jaycox Creek crosses Route 39.




Station 505 is located on the Lima Road, where the southern branch of




Jaycox Creek crosses the road.




        May 1, 1973, we began sampling a small area (Station 512) further




downstream from the regular pasture area.  This subdrainage basin begins




at Station 504 and covers a small cow pasture area.  Since Station 512 is




inaccessible during bad weather, samples will be taken here from May 1, 1973




through November 15.  There are no laboratory results available at this
                                  -11-

-------
time for this Station.



        The area draining the forest watershed (Fig.  5) is sampled at



Briggs Gully by the bridge on East Lake Road.  Gaging of this stream is



extremely difficult due to the large amount of gravel washed down the




gully above the sampling point during the flood of June 1973.  Most of the



flow was underneath the gravel until the stream bed was dozed out Sep-




tember 21, 1972.




        At Dansville (Fig. 6), a sample is taken upstream of the high den-



sity residential area (Station 508), and a second sample at the down-




stream end of town (Station 507).  The stream flows through residential



yards in the center of town and is routed under the streets.  The banks are




perpendicular and lined with concrete in some sections and steel in other



places.  In the park (an area 1 block square) where Station 507 is located,




the banks are mud and grass.  The banks are about 5 feet high all through



the town.



        The brushland area (Station 509) is drained by East Valley Creek



north of Andover (Fig. 7).  The sampling site is by the bridge at the



first stream crossing on East Valley Road, north of Andover.  This area was



predominantly agricultural, but the farms are gradually being abandoned.



There are a few cattle in some areas along the creek.  The main crop is hay,




with a minimal amount of oats and corn still being grown in the area.



Normally, no fertilizers are used on these farms.
                                 -12-

-------
                         Point Source Network




          Three drainage basins have been selected for studying the




effect of point source discharges on a stream system.  Each- of these




basins is characterized by primarily agricultural land use and one or




two small population centers.  Each basin has within it a wastewater




treatment facility whose effluent discharge represents a significant




(greater than 10 percent)  portion of the stream flow draining the basin.




On each system samples are taken of the wastewater discharge and one




stream sample upstream of the wastewater discharge and several downstream




samples at approximate one-half mile intervals.  Sediment samples are




also taken at each stream sample station.




          Fish Creek, in the Towns of East Bloomfield and Victor,




New York (Figure 8) drains an area of approximately 14 square miles along




a stream reach of about 8.5 miles..  The land use within the basin is




essentially all agricultural with a few cattle and horse farms.  Three




tributaries along the reach of the stream contribute about one-half the




total stream flow.  There are no marshes or swamps along the creek and




very few wooded areas.  Most of the land in the basin has been cleared




and is either in active use or lying fallow.




          The creek receives the treated wastewater from the combined




Holcomb-East Bloomfield Sewer District.  The treatment facility includes




primary sedimentation, high rate trickling filtration, rapid sand fil-




tration and chlorination.  The average flow is approximately 100,000




gallons per day, 10 percent of which is a pretreated (with C^} cyanide




waste from a metal products manufacturing firm-




          Along the reach of the stream there are 11 regularly sampled




stations plus the wastewater  discharge.  There are an additional 11
                                   -13-

-------
stations that represent tributaries and areas of difficult access




that are sampled on an irregular basis.



          Spring Brook, in the Town of Lima, New York (Fig. 9) drains an




area of approximately 33 square miles while the reach of the stream being



sampled is about 4.5 miles.  The land use of the area of the basin to



the south of the Town of Lima is essentially all related to agricultural




use, though there are some large swamp and marsh areas.  North of the




Town of Lima the land use continues to have a predominant agricultural



character.  There are two small tributaries within the reach of the




stream that is sampled.  These tributaries represent about 15 percent of




the total stream flow.



          The brook receives treated wastewater from the Town of Lima




wastewater treatment facilities.  The treatment process includes primary




sedimentation, high rate trickling filtration and stabilization in an




oxidation pond.  The average flow of the treatment plant is about 100,000




gallons per day.



          There are a total of seven regularly sampled stream stations




plus the wastewater discharge.  There are an additional four occasionally




sampled stations that are related to the tributaries.



          Avon Creek, in the Town of Avon, New York (Fig.  10), drains a



basin of 3.5 square miles along a reach of 3.3 miles.  The land use within




the basin is all of an agricultural nature with the major portion of the



land area devoted to crop production and some land used for grazing dairy




cattle.  Along its reach the creek flows through two small 1 owl arid marshes



for about one-quarter mile each, about one-half mile of woc-.;:.i area and one



small impoundment about 100 yards long.  The remainder of t'r,- land is open




and under active agricultural use.  There are two significant tributaries
                                   -14-

-------
that contribute about 40 percent of the stream flow.




          The creek receives the treated wastewater from a 350 unit




trailer park.  The sewage is treated via a contact stabilization system




with the effluent applied to slow sand filters the underdrains from



which discharge directly to Avon Creek.  The average flow is about 45,000



gallons per day.




          There are a total of nine regularly sampled stations along the



reach of the steam plus the wastewater discharge.  There are an additional




four occasionally sampled stations related to tributary flow.
                                  -15-

-------
                     FIELD AND LABORATORY METHODS








General




        All stream samples collected are being analyzed for pH, total




organic carbon, ammonia nitrogen, organic nitrogen, nitrate, nitrite,




particulate phosphorus, soluble phosphorus, orthophosphate, chloride,




magnesium, calcium, and iron.  In addition, the samples from the land use




stations are analyzed for sodium, potassium, reactive silica and sulfates.




The point source stream samples are also analyzed for aluminum.  Additional




water samples are being collected 6 times during the study period for




pesticide screening and for the analysis of mercury, cadmium, zinc, lead,




copper, nickel, manganese, chromium and fluorides.




        Sediments from Stations 501 thru 513 are being collected six times




and sediments from the remaining stations are collected during each sam-




pling trip.  The sediments are analyzed for phosphorus, iron, magnesium,




aluminum and calcium.




        Cloud cover, air temperature and stream temperature are noted and




recorded at each station at the time of sample collection.




        The Division of Laboratories and Research, New York State Depart-




ment of Health, is providing the necessary laboratory services for the




water sample analyses.  The State Geological Survey, State Science Service




of the State Education Department is doing the sediment analyses and pro-




viding technical advice on geochemistry.




        The U. S. Geological Survey gages the streams at Stations 501,




502, 504, 506, 507, and 509 at the time of sample collection.




Sample Collection and Storage




                             Water Samples




        A two gallon sample of water is collected from 1 to 2 inchest below




                                  -16-

-------
the stream surface near the center of the stream in a container well




rinsed with the stream water at the site.  At Stations 501, 502, 504, 506,




507, and 509, one gallon of well mixed sample is poured into quart Qabitainers ,




chilled, and sent to the University of Wisconsin in insulated containers.




Two 120 ml polyethylene bottles are filled with well mixed unfiltered




samples, for silica and sulfate analyses;




        A 47 mm diameter,  .45 yu membrane filter in a filtering apparatus



is covered with Celite by  filtering 4 ml of a Celite suspension (10 g/1




distilled water) and discarding the filtrate.  Then 300 ml of well mixed




sample is filtered and the filtrate distributed into a 120 ml polyethylene




bottle for orthophosphate  and soluble phosphorus, into a screw-cap tube




for soluble carbon analysis, and the rest into a 500 ml bottle.  Ten ml  of




distilled water from a syringe equipped with a narrow gage needle is used




to flush the residue from  the filter into a screw-cap tube for determina-




tion of particulate phosphorus.




        A second 300 ml of sample is filtered the same as above.  The




filtrate is flushed into a screw-cap tube for particulate carbon analysis.




The filtrate is poured into the partially filled 500 ml bottle for ammonia,




nitrate, nitrite, organic  nitrogen, and chloride analyses.




        All the above samples are immediately placed in insulated carriers and




packed with dry ice for transport to the Division of Laboratories and



Research, New York State Department of Health in Albany, where they are




stored until analyzed.




        Samples for calcium, magnesium, iron, sodium and potassium are




prepared by adding 1 ml of concentrated HNOg to 100 ml of raw sample.




        pH is determined using a Sargent-Welch Model PEL portable pH meter.




Then 100 ml of well-mixed sample is titrated for total alkalinity with
                                  -17-

-------
mineral acid to pH 4.5.  Time is allowed for any suspended calcium car-




bonate to dissolve and for a stable endpoint to be reached.



                           Sediment Samples



          Two methods have been used for collecting sediment samples.  The




first involves the use of a stainless steel scoop that has a flat bottom,



slanted sides and back, and a partial cover.  The scoop was designed to




have a volume of one quart.



          The sediment samples are collected with the scoop and placed



in one quart wide mouth containers.  The samples are then iced and excess



water is decanted after twelve hours.



          The second sediment sampling technique involves wet sieving the




sediment samples in the field.  The method was adopted because the scoop



method was not providing a large enough sample of fine (less than 2.00 mm)



grained material.  The technique involves sieving the samples for two



size fractions; less than 2.00 mm but greater than 250 microns and less



than 250 microns.  The fraction less than 250 microns is retained on a



percale cloth with more than 186 threads per inch.  The excess water is



then drained from each fraction and the fraction is stored on ice in a



small plastic bag.



Analytical Methods




                             Water Samples



          Aside from the field measurements described here, all analytical



methods are carried out by the Enviror.rn-~r.tal Health Center, Division of



Laboratories and Research, New York Statv   . -irtnent of Health.  A detailed



description of methods utilized is giver; in Appendix A.



                           Sediment Sarnies




          The sediment samples after collection are subjected to one of
                                  -18-

-------
two analysis flow schemes shown in Figure 11.  Several samples are sent



to the New York State Geological Survey for analysis of metals and miner-



ology.  These samples are frozen immediately after collection and split



in the frozen state to provide equivalent samples for metal and minerology



analysis and nutrient analysis.  Those samples riot split for metal and



minerology are subjected to nutrient analysis only.



          The samples for chemical analysis are dried at 60°C for 24 hours



and then analyzed for total and organic phosphorus with approximately



25 percent of the samples further analyzed for iron, manganese, calcium



and aluminum bound phosphorus.
                                    -19-

-------
                        TIME AND COST ANALYSES




          The original cost estimate and time schedule is represented by




the solid lines in Figure 12.  The dotted lines represent the deviation




from the estimate.  The total Federal costs will be $108,105 as outlined



in the grant for 1973-74.  The final report date will be June, 1974.  The




State costs for the first year of this project were $24,955.  For the




1973-74 fiscal year, the projected State costs will be $58,145.






                           PROGRESS TO DATE




Historical Review



          A literature search has been conducted for available technical




information relating to the study.  Industrial and municipal discharge



data have been accumulated from the records of the Department of Environ-




mental Conservation.  Computer printouts of water quality data amassed by




the Department of Environmental Conservation have been collected for all



stations in the Genesee River Drainage Basin.  Climatological data, soils




information, land uses, and other pertinent data have been collected.



Partial Sampling Results




          Appendix B contains a computer printout of all the raw data



analyzed to this date.  No detailed analysis of the data has been made.



Problems




          The flood of June 1972 changed the sampling schedule considerably.



Gravel and sediments filled in several of the stream beds in the sampling




areas.  During the summer and fall of 1972, these stream beds were cleaned



out and restored as closely as possible to their former state by dozing.
                                   -20-

-------
          Considerable problems with the analytical methods for phosphorus



were encountered.  The Intel-laboratory comparisons were responsible for



changing the methods of analyzing phosphorus.



          "Due to the results of the interlaboratory comparison, our method



of analyzing phosphorus was changed as of January 1, 1973.  Our sampling



will continue until December 31, 1973, so there will be one complete year



of data using the same analytical technique.  The State of New York will



provide any additional funding required for this sampling.
                                  -21-

-------
                             FUTURE PLANS

Field Work

          The stream quality network sampling will continue on a bi-weekly

basis through December 31, 1973.

          The point source stations will be sampled bi-weekly through

October 31, 1973.

Data Analysis

                            Literature Data

          A review of literature data will be made and reported concen-

trations and flux rates will be converted to common units and tabulated

along with information on the land use, geology and soil type of the

drainage area from which they were collected.  Conclusions regarding the

universality of concentrations and flux rates will be made.

                      Water Quality Network Data

          Each parameter collected at each water quality network station

will first be treated as a unique record and processed according to the

following scheme.*
     Quick  look  (Visual
     Display) of
     Time History
     Test  for
     Stationarity
-Non-Stationary-
            Stationary
     Test  for
     Randomness  and
     Normality
     •Residuals


Separate Trends
and Cycles


      Determine  Means
      and  Variances
*This  is a modification of a procedure suggested in Bendat, J. and Piersal, A.,
"Measurement and Analyses of Random Data", John Wiley & Son, New York 1966
                                -22-

-------
          Conclusions regarding the adequacy of the sample size and

sampling period will be drawn from the above analyses.  A comparative

analysis of the mean concentration with reported  literature values will

be made.

          If the. above indicates that an adequate sample is available,

the entire set of parameters will be analyzed as follows.
     Correlate Flow
     on Concentration
           Data
Develop Hydrograph
for each Stream
     Determine Seasonal
     and Annual Flux
          Rates
          Conclusions regarding the nature of the chemical-physical system

will be inferred from the flow-concentration relationship.  Finally,

attempts to correlate land type and use parameter and stream sediment type

with observed mean concentrations and loadings will be made.  The effect of

land use on the sample variance will be determined.  The results of all of

the above will be compared with reported literature values.

                       Point Source Stream Data

          An attempt will be made to model the transport of nutrients below

the point sources using the following procedure.

          1.  Develop a conceptional time series model.  Quantize the model

              as much as possible utilizing reported literature values for

              rate coefficients and the information from the water quality

              network station for background.

          2.  Force fit the model to the data collected during the intensive

              sampling period.

          3.  Check to see if the model verifies using the biweekly sam-

              pling data.
                                 -23-

-------
                                    TABLE  I
                             GENESEE BASIN LAND USE


Land Use*4)	Square Miles^	%	

Urban, Commercial, Industrial      99.7                4
 Residential                               52.5                2
 Commercial and Industrial                 15.3                1
 Transportation                             8.9                1
 Extractive                                23.0                1
Agriculture                      1017.8               43
 Row & close grown crops                   46.8                2
 Pasture & Meadows                        969.3               41
 Orchards & vineyards                       1.7                1
Forested Land                    1125.5               47
Recreation Land                    33.5                1
No Major Use                       88.7                4
 Water                                     25.0                1
 Wetlands                                  63.1                3
 Barren Lands                                .6                1
Miscellaneous                      18.8                1
 Public Land                               14.0                1
 Urban Inactive 8. Construction   	4.8	1_

                                 2384                 100
                                      -24-

-------
                                           LAND USE AND SUBDRAINAGE BASIN AREAS
Station No.                   501
502    503 & 505
504
506
507
                                                                                               508
509
Major Land Use

Area (Acres)

Land Use (%)

   Cropland
  *High Intensity Agri.
 **Brushland
   Forage Crop
   Pasture
   Bogs & Wooded Wetlands
   Forest
   Misc.
   Urban (residential, public
     outdoor recreation,
     commercial)
***High Density Residential
   Industrial

Average cfs for 1st 9 months
   of study                   26.5      36.4



Cropland
13,824
57
16
8

6
6
6
1
.ic





Beginning
Urban Pasture Pasture
17,920 7,710 1,314
23

19
70
20 95
10
5
4

52

2
Beginning
High of High
Density Density
Forest Residential Residential
4,243 142 780
1 49

22


6
71 45
6

6
94




Brushland
4,666
30

53



16
1




                     8.7
         11.2
           2.15
                              8.79
  *  intense production of vegetables, berries, potatoes and other truck crops.
 *•*  brush cover up to fully stocked poles less than 30'
***  50' frontage or less per residential lot.
                                                          TABLE II

-------
                      GENESEE RIVER  BASIN

                    IFYGL SAMPLING  STATIONS
Fiaure  1
 -26-

-------
CO
•2
X
LJ
0
z
UJ
D.
X
UJ

Q
UJ
40
w
  I
  1-0
14.0 -


13.0 -


12.0


II.0


10.0-


 8.0


•6.0


 4.0


 2.0


  0
                 OCCURRENCE  AND

                        HAZARDOUS
                                    TRANSPORT

                                    POLLUTING
OF  NUTRIENTS   AND

 SUBSTANCES
             TASK  TWO
        FIELD WORK PLANNING
                                 TASK  THREE - FIELD  STUDIES
                                                           TASKFOUR
                                                 EVALUATION OF FIELD STUDY DATA
                                                                          TASK FIVE
                                                                          FINAL REPORT
                                                                          PREPERATION
      F EBTMAR.'APR.'MAY'JUN.'JUL.' AUG.'SER'OCT.'NOV.'DEC.] JAN.'FEB.'MAR! APR.'MAY'JUN.'JOL." AUO.'SER'OCT.'NOV.'DEC.JJAN."

                    1972               Figurel2                1973                   1974

-------
              SEDIMENT SAMPLE ANALYSIS FLOW SCHEME
                        Field Collection
                        and Refrigeration
                            of Sample
       Frozen
  New York State
Geological Survey
New York State
 Division of
 Laboratories
and Research


Grain
Analysis


Clay
Analysis


Total P
Organic P



Fe, Mn, Ca,
Bound P
Al
                            Figure 3
                               -28-

-------
             Zooplankton Production in Lake Ontario as




             Influenced by Environmental Perturbations
                        Donald G. McNaught




                          Marlene Buzzard






                 Department of Biological Sciences




               State University of New York at Albany




                       Albany, New York  12222
Yearly report (year I, April 1972-March 1973) based upon research




supported by Environmental Protection Agency (Grant 800536 to




D. McNaught, S.U.N.Y. Res. Found. 20-5003-A).

-------
                      Table of Contents

                                                             Page

Review of Subj ect                                             30

Status of Program                                             31

Planned versus Actual Operation                               32

Areas of Program behind Schedule                              32

Summary of Results                                            33

    Development of Sonar                                      33

    Calibration of Sonar                                      34

    Biological Comparisons                                    40

    Impace of Large Cities on Community Structure
    of Zooplankton in Lake Ontario                            46

Historical (1939-72)                                          Appendix
                               -29-

-------
Review of Subject




     Long-term changes in water quality in the Great Lakes have resulted, in




part, from accumulated inputs of materials either stimulatory or inhibitory




to the primary producers.  Changes first observed in primary production have




later "been observed in zooplankton and fish production.  Most important,




when aquatic sysifems have been perturbed for long periods dramatic changes




in community structure may make attempts at reversing cultural eutrophication




difficult, if not impossible.  Thus an initial purpose of the efforts




described here was (l) the interpretation of ecological changes in zooplankton




populations using indices based upon the concepts of diversity and niche




structure.  Likewise, we wanted to (2) measure the production of zooplankton




communities in Lake Ontario, using both traditional and acoustical collection




techniques.  Within the team approach designed within IFYGL, we proposed (3)




to understand the functioning of natural and disturbed zooplankton communities.




Finally we agreed to (U) participate in a broadscale approach to modeling the




Lake Ontario ecosystem, under the primary direction of the modeling group from




Hydroscience.




     The first object, the interpretation of long term changes in zooplankton




populations in Lake Ontario, has been in part accomplished with the submission




of our report "Changes in zooplankton populations in Lake Ontario (1939-1972),"




for publication (appendix).




     The second objective, to measure the production of zooplankton communities




in Lake Ontario, is partially completed.  Acoustical techniques have been




developed for measuring the biomass of zooplankton in specific size-classes,




the hardware constructed, measurements made on the IFYGL Biological-Chemical




cruises, the system calibrated, and a system for reduction of data developed




(Sectionpg5).  The acoustical data will be processed within the next few months,




while the biological data will require many months more work.





                                 -30-

-------
     Improved understanding of perturbed zooplankton communities vill come




when the biotic components of the Lake Ontario ecosystem are described and




their standing crops and/or productivities estimated.   This phase must await




the completion of related projects, and considerable interaction among




principle investigators.
Status of Program




     Field work was completed on 15 June 1973.  On ten chemical-biological




cruises we collected 2k$k biological samples and 1195 acoustical profiles




(Table l).  Since each acoustical profile contains 100 separate estimates




with depth, we have approximately 119,500 acoustical estimates of biomass.




     To date many of the biological samples for the May, June, July and




August 1972 cruises have been processed.  A method for reducing acoustical




data has been developed and is described herein.






Table 1.  Resume of data collected on zooplankton in IFYGL Biological Program.
        Cruise
Zooplankton Samples
Acoustical Profiles
No.
1
2
3
k
5
6
7
8
9
10

Inclusive 'Dates
15-19 May 1972
12-16 June 1972
10-1 U July 1972
21-25 August 1972
30 Oct. -3 Nov. 1972
27 Nov.-l Dec. 1972
5-9 February 1973
2U-28 April 1973
15-19 May 1973
11-15 June 1973

(at 'No. stations)
22i» (33)
399 (60)
380 (60)
36k (60)
355 (60)
2hh (60)
125 (38)
132 (U6)
116 (33)
155 (k9)
2k9h
(at No. frequencies)
100 (2)
50 (3)
200 (3)
2hQ (U)
2hO (h)
no sonar
11*7 (U)
no sonar
10k (k)
15U (5)
1195
                                   -31-

-------
Planned versus Actual Operation




     Generally the project has followed the plans presented in the original




and renewal proposals.  Some deviations are noteworthy.   Equipment funds




($U825) originally proposed for sonar development were used to purchase a




Wang 600 calculator to reduce data stored on paper-tape  describing




acoustical returns from zooplankton layers.




     Considerably more in-house programming has been handled in Albany than




anticipated.  Since the onset of the program a part-time programmer has been




working to develop data reduction routines, programs for productivity




estimates, niche analysis, etc.








Areas of Program behind Schedule




     Only one aspect of the program causes concern, that being the time involved




in processing biological samples.  To expedite processing,  I now plan to  hire




an additional full-time technician on 1 September, 1973. Thus we should




complete counting by the termination date of the contract.
                               -32-

-------
                             SUMMARY OF RESULTS




Development of Sonar




     With the demands of large scale data collection and analysis to understand




lakewide zooplankton distributions, Mr. Robert Zeh of SUWY at Albany designed a




high frequency sonar capable of handling information from weak targets, as




characterized by the zooplankton.




     Basically his approach was to transmit an exact waveshape and detect the




return in a fashion providing a maximum amount of information on the target.




The sonar is similar to many others, in that it transmits a periodic tone




burst and then listens for the reflected returning waves and measures the




elapsed time and amplitude of the returns.  However, it has certain basic




differences in circuitry because of target characteristics.




     The circuitry starts with the oscillator (Fig. l), which serves a dual




function.  It provides the reference signal for both the phase-sensitive




synchronous demodulator and the transmitted tone burst.  The tone burst is




precisely clocked, the duration controlled by the pulse generator.  It is




then amplified and fed to the transducer.  The return signal is received by




a separate hydrophone.  Any series of returning signals which were originated




by the same tone burst may be stored and examined.  Single series of returning




signals can be recorded in 1000 channels of memory on a transient recorder.




This type of analysis should lead eventually to an ability to fingerprint




return signals, i.e. to identify the components of the scattering layer.




     The returning signal is also simultaneously fed into an (inphase and




quadrature phase) synchronous demodulator.  This provides a DC signal




proportional to the amplitude of the returning tone burst and is independeht




of the phase of the incoming signal.  The output of the demodulator is fed




to a storage oscilloscope, providing a picture (depth vs time) similar to the




typical sonar chart familiar to most investigators.  Then the signal from the
                                -33-

-------
demodulator is stored in a. signal averager, the heart of the system, for we




are interested in the average return from typically "clumped" distributions




of zooplankton.   The average returns, in one percent increments of depth,




are printed on a teletype and displayed on an X-Y plotter (Pig. l).   Data




on paper-tape from the teletype can then be later processed using a Wang 600




programmable calculator.



     Advantages of this acoustical recording system include (a) ease in taking




large amounts of data, (b) real-time display of distributions of particles on




X-Y plotter, and (c) the ease in processing large amounts of data from paper-



tape.  Obviously the system is not sensitive to differences in individual species




at^ this time.








Calibration of Sonar




     Three basic corrections have been applied to the raw data (as displayed on




the X-Y plotter) to convert return signals to relative biomass.  These include




a correction for the different characteristics of the transducers (normalization),




for the relative attenuation of sound (attenuation) and for the beam angle




(Table 2).  When these have been applied to the raw data we have a plot of




biomass within size category for small targets (Fig. 2).  Each higher frequency




is sensitive to smaller particles; for example, 80kHz is capable of detecting




particles larger than k mm, whereas the 200kHz transducer adds another size-




class down to 2 mm and 500kHz still smaller particles to O.U mm.




     On June 11, 1973 we visited station 95 in HE Lake Ontario.  Complete



reduction of data collected at three frequencies (80, 120 and 200kHz) has




provided the profile of zooplankton biomass shown in Fig. 2.  At a given depth




of 2m, many large particles are evident (80kHz), but an approximately equal




number of "crustacean" particles down to less than 2 mm are also evident
                                  -34-

-------
Fig. 1.  Description of acoustical data acquisition system.
                                      -35-

-------
         Table 2.  Correction factors for acoustical returns  necessary to  equate

                   returns to biomass of zooplankton.
                          formula;   Intensity x normalization x attenuation
                                                beam correction

                          Sample  Calculation;

                                     example:  120 KHz at k m depth

                                     Intensity x 2.3* x 1.55
                                               1.51
                      (Step 1)
                frequency Hormalization

             Zero Correction   Bottom Cctrr
Corrections    factor (-)       factor (x)
       (Step 2)
  Attenuation factor (x)

           Equiv.
Channel  Depth   (M)
   (Step 3)
Beam Correction
factor (5° angleKj)
80 KHz


120 KHz



200 KHz



.0593


.0853



.0987



I*
5

2.321 6
7
8

2.203 9
10
11
12
1.1*
1.7

2.0
2.U
2.7

3.1
3.J*
3.7
U.1
1.08
1.12

1.17
1.2U
1.29

1.37
1.U2
1.U8
1.55
1 m
2 m
3 m
1* m
5 m
6 m
7m
8 m
9 m
10 m

1,00
1.36
1.33
L.51
£.71
1.92
2.13
2.37
2.61
2.86

                                              -36-

-------
X-Y Recorder

-------
Fig. 2. . Distribution of biomass within size  categories  (80kHz = >k mm,




         120kHz = >3 1/2 mm,  200kHz = >2 mm), for  station  95 on 11 June




         1973.  Note abundance of larger organisms near  surface.
                                   -38-

-------
OJ
vO
I
                         200kHz

                           20kHz

                            80kHz
                               4567

                                  Depth in meters
8
9
10

-------
(200kHz).  These data were processed manually using the forementioned
corrections for beam angle and attenuation.  Presently we have approximately
1195 acoustical profiles for Lake Ontario to process automatically using the
Wang 600 calculator and teletype interface.


Biological Comparisons
     For the use of other investigators we have made two tabulations of
biological data and a statistical comparison, including the following:
     a)  a comparison of densities of zooplankton at 0-5m depth at inshore
         (<50m) versus offshore stations (>50m depth) for the cruises of
         May, June and July 1972 (Table 3).
     b)  a comparison of densities of zooplankton for k depth intervals for
         May 1972 (Table 1»).
     c)  a statistical comparison of the inshore-offshore densities (Table 5).
     During May, June and July of 1972 the limnetic zooplankton of Lake Ontario
were dominated by the copepedites of cyclopoid copepods, Cyclops bicuspidatus,
and Bosmina longirostris (Table 3).  The same is true on a yearly basis (see
McNaught and Buzzard, Appendix).  Bosmina is likely a filter feeder preferring
small nannoplankton" and bacteria.  Cyclops is likely omnivorous, feeding mainly
on copepedites, nauplii and immatures of other organisms, as well as its own.
     Many of these limnetic zooplankters are most abundant near the surface
(0-5m) in offshore (>50m) waters (Table k).  This is true of Cyclops^ bicuspidatus
and Diaptomus minutus.  However, Bosmina longirostris is apparently more abundant
inshore, and it is in these waters that its grazing pressure is exerted.
     Such comparisons between inshore and offshore populations must have
statistical validity, due to the commonly recognized problems of patchiness.
It can be demonstrated that Cyclops is more abundant offshore, while Bosmina
exhibits preference for inshore waters, with comparisons made at the 95$ level
(Table 5).
                                   -40-

-------
     Table 3.  Mean Density of Organisms at 0-5 m.  Inshore Stations vs. Offshore
               Stations for Cruise 1 '(May 15-19, 1972), Cruise 2 (June 12-16, 1972)
               and Cruise 3 (July 10-l^, 1972).


Species/Location                  May #/m3           June #/m3           July #/a>3

Leptodora
  kinditti


Bosmina
coregoni


Bosmina
longirostris


Daphnia
retrocurva


Ceriodaphnia
laoustris

Chydorus
sphaericus


Cyclopoid
copepedites

Cyclops
bicuspidatus

Cyclops
vernalis


Tropocyclops
pra sinus

In
Off


In
Off


In
Off


In
Off

In
Off


In
Off

In
Off

In
Off


In
Off

in
Off
0
0


12
10


119
10


12
3

0
0


1
0

183
322

1+8U
920


1
1

1
0
1
3


38
k


61*3
133


9
7

2
1


6
2

505
359

571*
1558


22
5

6
1
2
1


61
67


13190
9355


116
ll*9

32
15


39
h

1020
1598

13138
7788


73
115

1*3
10
                                       -41-

-------
Species/Location                  May #/nr           June #/m3           July #/

Mesocyclops
  edax
                  In                   0                   1                  0
                  Off                  0                   1                 26

Calanoid
  copepeditas
                  In                 22                  6l                111*
                  Off                53                  5^                113

Diaptomus
  admit us         in                 85                  1*5                 35
                  Off                1^5                 205                 75

Diaptomus
  oregonensis
                  In                 10                   6                 30
                  Off                21                  1*2                 18

Diaptomus
  sicilis
                  In                 11                  15                 k2
                  Off                1*6                  U6                 U6

Limnocalanus
  macrurus
                  In                 162                 21*0                 66
                  Off                216                 182                 69

Eurytemora
  affinis
                  In                   0                  16                 2l*
                  Off                  0                   21
                                        -42-

-------
Tabled .   Comparison  of species  abundance  (#/m3) with  depth  (meters)  for




           whole  lake  (WL),  inshore  (in)  and offshore (Off) stations for




           cruise of May 1972.

Species/Location
Leptodora
kinditti


Bosmina
coregoni


Bosmina
longirostris


Daphnia
retrocurva


Ceriodaphnia
lacustris


Chydorus
sphaericus


Cyclopoid
copepedites


Cyclops
bicuspidatus


Cyclops
vernalis


Tropocyclops
pr a sinus




WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off

WL
In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
0-5 M
#/m3
0

0
0
8

12
10

66
119
10
6

12
3
0

0
0
1

10
0
251*

183
322
696

U8U
980
1

1
1
1

1
0
0-10 M
#/m3
1

1
0
Ik

27
1

70
138
1
6

12
1
1

1
0
1

2
0
222

310
133
520

493
547
1

6
0
i

0
1
0-25 M
#/m3
—

0
0
6

Ik
I

27
53
3
2

5
1
0

0
0
1

2
0
161

266
95
1*82

422
518
2

4
0
0

0
0
0-50 M
#/m3
—

_
0
1

-
1

4
_
4
1

-
i
0

-
0
1

-
1
141

-
141
608

-
608
i

-
i
0

-
0
                                    -43-

-------

Species/Location
Mesocyclops
edax


Calanoid
copepedltes


Diaptcmus
mlnutus


Diaptcmus
oregonensis


Diaptcmus
sicllis


Limnocalanus
macrurus


Eurytemora
af finis




WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

In
Off
WL

in
Off
0-5 M
#7*3
0

0
0
37

22
53
Ilk

85
Iks
15

10
21
28

11
U6
216

188
162
0

0
0
0-10 M
#/m3
0

0
0
26

25
28
80

72
89
16

15
16
Ik

k
25
138

105
172
0

0
0
0-25 M
#/m3
1

U
0
25

2k
26
73

59
82
15

15
Ik
Ik

10
17
188.4

239
157
0

0
0
0-50 M
#/m3
0

-
0
30

_
30
87

-
87
11

-
11
15

-
15
206

-
206
0

-
0
-44-

-------
Table 5.  Significant differences (* = p<.05,  NS =  not  significant)  between




          inshore and offshore populations for cruises  of May,  June  and




          July 1972.
Species
Cyclops copepedites
Cyclops bicuspidatus
Cyclops vernalis
Tropocyclops prasinus
Bosmina coregoni
Bosmina longirostris
Ceriodaphnia lacustris
Chydorus sphaericus
Mesocyclops edax
Daphnia retrocurva
Calanoid copepedites
Diaptomus minutus
Diaptomus oregonensis
Diaptomus sicilis
Limnocalanus macrurus
May (31df)
1.38 NS
1.82 NS
.50 NS
1.2l* NS
1.2? NS
2.75 *
1.11 NS
1.22 NS
0 NS
2.99 *
2.87 *
1.67 NS
1.18 NS
2.83 *
.81 NS
June (57df)
.75 NS
2.15 *
2.26 *
1.75 NS
1.78 NS
1.1*6 NS
1.75 NS
1.57 NS
.73 NS
.36 NS
.1*5 NS
3.61 *
1.1*9 NS
1.1*2 NS
.38 NS
July (58df)
1.32 NS
1.52 NS
.98 NS
1.22 NS
.17 NS
.86 NS
1.53 NS
1.77 NS
1.87 NS
.63 NS
.01* NS
1.61 NS
1.00 NS
.18 NS
.15 NS
                                      -45-

-------
Impact of Large Cities on Community Structure of Zooplankton in Lake Ontario


     Water quality and the abiotic factors which influence the biota of


Lake Ontario are of prime interest in the IFYGL program.  Initially we


proposed to subject our processed data to an analysis, using niche theory to


derive indices which would detect changes in community structure.  The data


on zooplankton (species and abundance) for June and July 1972 have now been


subjected to community analysis.  A program in Fortran IV was written for


the Univac 1108 computer to calculate diversity and various niche parameters.


     Niche parameters employed in this comparison include the community


competition coefficient (a), the theoretical community carrying capacity (K),
                                                                             *

the ratio of observed to theoretical carrying capacity (N/K), and diversity


(H).  Each of these parameters is discussed in the attached manuscript on


long-term changes in Lake Ontario (Appendix).


     The mean number of zooplankton Crustacea (N), the theoretical carrying-


capacity (K) and the N/K ratio do not differ when populations off Toronto,


Rochester, Hamilton and Oswego are compared to populations at greater


depths around the remainder of the lake (Table 6).


     The diversity of planktonic communities off the forementioned large cities


is less than one-half that for communities, at the same time and similar depths,


but distant from large cities (Table 6).  This is rather startling information,


since longshore currents in Lake Ontario transport zooplankton past urban areas


rather rapidly (0.9 km/hr).  In fact, in June 1972 the diversity off large


cities was 1.21 as opposed to 3.^ for similar inshore communities away from


urban influences.  In July a similar comparison showed a diversity of 1.^5 off


urban areas, as opposed to 3.^*7 off less inhabited shorelines.  These differ-


ences in diversity are significant at the 95% level (Table 7).


     Such reductions in diversity near cities are due both to a reduction in
                                  -46-

-------
Table 6.

Impact of "Big Cities" (Toronto, Rochester, Hamilton, Oswego)  on

Community Structure of Zooplankton in Lake Ontario.
               Total N
              Alpha
            (variance)
                Total K
                                                         N/K
         Diversity
        	(H)
June 1972
"Big
  Cities"
 2073
.517 (.12)       28885
.07
1.21
June 1972
Rest of
  Lake
 2893       .235 (.09)      28887
                             .10
July 1972
"Big
  Cities"
            .396 (.12)     185978        .12
                                       1.U5
July 1972
Rest of
  Lake
28962       .21*1 (.09)     292^35
                             .10
           3.1*7
                                   -47-

-------
Table 7.




A statistical comparison of Alpha and other factors between tvo Cruises




in June and July on the Big Cities vs Rest of Lake.

Alpha
N/K
Diversity
Total N
Total K

Cities
Lake
Cities
Lake
Cities
Lake
Cities
Lake
Cities
Lake
June 1972
.517
.235
.07
.10
1.21
2073
2893
28885
28887
July 1972 t05 df p < .05
.396
3.U 1 NS
.21*0
.12
0.2 1 NS
.10
1.1*5 xx
20.2 1 signif.
3.^7 (p < .05)
1.3 1 NS
28962
185,978
1.0 1 NS
292,^35
                                  -48-

-------
the number of species present (richness) and a redistribution of relative




numerical dominance (evenness).   In June 1972, when the diversity near the




cities was 1.21 compared to 3.UH for the rest of the lake, there were 5 less




species (lU as opposed to 19) in water-masses adjacent to our four large




cities (Table 8).  In July there were 7 less species (12 as opposed to 19)




in these inshore areas influenced by urban living patterns.




     This reduction in richness was attributable to the loss of similar.




species from "Big City" watermasses in both June and July 1972.  In June




Daphnia galeata, Ceriodaphnia lacustris, Chydorus sphaericus and Holopedium




gibberum were missing from urban watermasses.  In July these same cladocerans




plus Diaptomus oregonensis were missing.  Replacing them and causing a shift




in evenness (Table 8) was Cyclops bicuspidatus.   We know that Cyclops (Table 3)




is dominant in deep open waters (>50m), but when the cladocerans are lost, it




moves inshore near cities.  The loss of these k cladocerans surprised us.




Normally the Diaptomids are thought to be most sensitive to environmental




perturbation.




     It is important to make similar comparisons of nutrients, phytoplankton




and fishes at precisely these same "urban" stations.  But we feel that we




have at present evidence for significant environment perturbation offshore




from urban areas adjacent to Lake Ontario.
                                   -49-

-------
Table 8.  Richness and evenness components of diversity,  showing reduced

          richness in areas of Lake Ontario adjacent to "Big Cities".
  Date and Locality
                                                Number
Diversity                         Number/m3       of
   (H)      Richness   Evenness      (N)       Species (S)
June 1972  Big Cities     1.21

           Rest Lake      3.M»


July 1972  Big Cities     1.U5

           Rest Lake      3.^7
              3.92

              5.20


              2.52

              U.OV
1.05

2.69


1.3U

2.71
 2073

 2893


22l»lU

28962
Ifc

19


12

19
                                 -50-

-------
Appendix:  Changes in Zooplankton Populations in Lake  Ontario  (1939-1972).
                             -51-

-------
  CHANGES Ity 'ZOOPLAKKTOH POPULATIONS IN LAKE ONTARIO (1939-1972):
                   D. C. MclTaught and M. Buzzard

                 Department of Biological Sciences

               State University of Nev York at Albany

                       Albany, Hew York  12222

                              U.S.A.
                      Revised 20 July 1973
1 Contribution — of the IFi'GL Biology-Chemistry Program.  Supported
 by Grant 800536 from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
                                  -52-

-------
                                  Abstract






     Since 1968 the crustacean limnoplankton of Lake Ontario has been




dominated in July by Cyclops bi scuspidatus and Bosmina longirostris.




Apparently in 1939 Daphn ia spp. and Diaptoreus spp. were relatively more




abundant at the sajae tirae.  Generally summer standing crops of zooplankton




in tee inshore waters (<50m) do not shov significant increase from 1939 to




1972.  At the same tine the composition of these communities has shifted




from dominance by the cyclopoids and calanoids (8l/0 to the cladocerans




(U8-8U/5).  Concomitantly numerous nev species have been recorded, the most




recent being Diaptonius ashlandi in 1972.  Two additional trends are evident




since 1968.  The species diversity has increased in the inshore waters from




1.77 to 2.98, due to increases in the evenness component.  At the same time




their theoretical carrying-capacity for zooplankton has also increased.
                                   -53-

-------
                                Introduction.






     Aquatic ecosystens have characteristically been perturbed through




either the addition of nutrients stimulatory to phytoplankton production,




by substances toxic to such production, or by the addition of new exotic




fishes.  The crustacean zooplaakters in such systems respond, as evidenced




by changes in community structure, to changes in food resources and to




selective predation.  Thus whether aquatic ecosystems are perturbed from




the top downward or stimulated from the first trophic level upward, the




crustaceans are sensitive integrators of such changes.




     It is the purpose of this review to examine suitable available data




on zooplankton populations of Lake Ontario to determine whether significant




changes in community structure have occurred since 1939-  Our first approach




will be to examine comparable collections for significant changes in zoo-




plankton density (N) and relative composition at the ordinal (Copepoda and




Cladocera? and generic levels.  Secondly, for the years 1969-1972, when




extensive collections were made, we will utilize niche theory to predict




the theoretical carrying capacity (K) of the Lake Ontario ecosystem, the




extent to vhich this capacity is filled (N/K), changes in the diversity of




the system (H) and whether these changes involve the influx of new species




(richness) or changes in relative abundance (evenness).  In making these




later comparisons, we will present new species records and information on




community structure which we collected during the IFYGL program.




     Seven investigations since 1912 provide an insigh't into changes in




zooplankton community structure (Table l).  The collections by Patalas (1969)




made in 19&7 constitute the first intensive lakewide study, followed by that




of Nauwerck et al.  (1972) in 1970 and our current IFYGL study which commenced




in May 1972.  In addition, Whipple  (1913) nade a single useful collection  at






                                     -54-

-------
the mouth of the Genesee River in 1912 and Tressler ejb ol_. (19^0) made a




limited collection in the sane ax-ea in 1939.  Anderson and Clayton (1958)




did not make extensive collections, but discovered a nev genust Suryteaora,




previously not observed in the Great Lakes.  hicUaught and Fenlon (1972)




took limited inshore samples in 19o9 and 1970 in the Oswego area.




     Differences in collecting gear make comparisons of.zooplankton abundance




difficult.  Patalas (1969) used a net with a mesh aperture of 77 y and




Nauwerck et_ aJL. a similar net of 6k u, whereas McNaught and Fenlon (1972)




and our current IFYGL study have employed nets of 15^ 1J -aperture.  Tressler




and Austin (19^0) likely used a net with an aperture of 6*4 p attached to




their Juday trap, whereas Whipple (1913) did not describe his net.




     Thus all investigators failed to sample copepod nauplii and copepodites




were sampled with differing efficiency.  Most conservative comparisons will




thus be between numbers of adult forms.  However, all nets were capable of




sampling Bosmina, a point critical to our conclusions, as evidence by our




large catches of this animal in 19&9 with a coarse net (McNaught and Fenlon




(1972)).




     Additional problems arise when we consider the numbers of samples




collected.  Whipple (1913) took a single sample in August 1913, and Tressler




and Austin (19^0) a vertical series of eight samples in 1939.  With the advent




of intensive studies in recent years more information is  available.  Nauwerck




et_ aJL. (1972) collected approximately 30 samples on each  of 12 cruises in




1970.  Currently we are examining 60 stations in the IFYGL program, taking




1-5 vertical hauls at .each station.









              Theory Used in Comparisons of Commun: .y Structure






     Two basic assumptions underlie th£ use of niche theory (Levins, 1968) to





                              -55-

-------
predict the maximum theoretical carrying-capacity of an aquatic environment.


First we have assumed that crustacean populations exhibit sigtnoid growth in


nature, and that the concept of an environmental carrying capacity is real


for them.  Secondly, we have assumed that with connunity development, a


likely evolutionary strategy includes the reduction of interspecific


competition, i.e. a reduction of the mean community competition coefficient


(a).


     Assuming that crustacean populations continually push against an ever


changing carrying-capacity, we mist first estimate the competition co-


efficient (Levins, 1968):


                       n
     (1)       a^
                    - h=l
                          Plh P2h
                       '  rlh
                      h=l
where h is an environment and P^ and P^ are tne proportion of species 1 and


species 2.  This alpha assumes that competition for resources is proportional


to the probability of occurrence in an environment h (Lane and McNaught,


1970).  Then, from the logistic:
     (2)
               dt
where r^ is the instantaneous growth rate of species 1, we can calculate the


maximum theoretical carrying capacity (K) for specie's 1, where:
                          n
     (3)       K! = N! + Z  a2>1 N2
This maximum carrying-capacity is the r.axir.un density which a species would




                                 -56-

-------
obtain if no competitors were present, where the calculation is made vith




on assumption of steady-state vith equation (3) and derived from (2) at
     Finally, Shannon-V.'eaver speciss diversity values vere determined for




inshore and offshore waters for the years 1969-1972, where-
               H = -
where p^ = proportion of individuals belonging to the ith -species.









                Changes in Population Density and Composition






     Standing-crop data for crustacean zooplankton are available for the




inshore waters of Lake Ontario for the month of July in the years 1912,




1939, 1969, 1970 and 1972 (Table 2).  For 1912 and 1939 the' means are




based on one (l) and eight (8) samples respectively, making significant




comparison with the 1969-72 densities difficult.  Even with these restrictions




certain general trends are evident.




     The cyclopoid copepod Cyclops bicusr>idat"us thomasi Forbes and the




cladoceran Bosmina longirostris (Deevey) were dominant in July (1969-72)




just as- they are seasonally (Patalas, 1969; llauwerck _et_ al_. , 1972).




Tropocyclops prasinus mejticanus (Kiefer)j Mesocyclo-ns edax (Forbes), and




Cyclops^ vernalis (Fischer) were the cyclopoids of secondary importance.




The calanoids, which are represented by only 0.6-3.0$ of the 'population,




are composed of three species of Diaptomus , as well as EuryteTaora affinis




(Poppe) and Lin-no calanus_ macrurus (Sars).  Among the cladocerans we have




presented limited evidence for a shift from dominance by Daphnia spp. in
                                  -57-

-------
1939 (Tressler and Austin, IQ^O) to Bos:aina spp. some tins between 1939 and




1969.  CeriOQap'nnia lacustris (Birge) and Chydorus sphaericus (Muller) have




been of secondary importance.  We should also note an apparent decline of




Leptodora kiridtii (Focke) in 1970 and 1972, possibly due to size-selective




predation by fishes.




     A basic trend at the ordinal level is evident (Table 2).  Copepods




dominated these vaters in 1939 but had given way by 1969 to the cladocerans




(Fig. 1).  Let's examine this trend, vhich cannot be supported by statistics




due to the fev samples collected in early years.  This tr.end is not likely




to be confounded by sanrpling-gea r problems, as Tressler and Nauwerck used




comparable fine-mesh nets,, vhereas McNaught and Fenlon (197.2) found even




more Bosaina in 1970 with their coarser net.  Thus, for the inshore vaters




of Lake Ontario ve have provided evidence that increases in standing crop,




for the few years sampled between 1939 and 1972, are associated with




increases in the relative proportion of cladoceraj with 19&9 aj-1 exceptionally




high year.  The cladocerans constituted only 19$ of the July population in




1939, as contrasted to h8-8W from 1969 through 1972 (Table l).




     A second trend suggesting & general increase in standing crop between




1939 and 1972 cannot be supported (Table 2).  Obviously differences in mesh-




size of the nets used cause problems vith an equivalent sampling of




copepodites (Table 2).  Thus ve have elected in addition to compare the




total numbers of Daphnia. spp. for June of 1939 and 1970, as uesh size was




the same.  The comparison was further restricted to a comparison of the




seven samples collected by Tress3.er off Rochester to three collected by




llauwerck et_ al_. in the same area.  The (3) July 1970 samples did not contain




Daphnia spp., the pulse of which was apparently delayed, until August 1970.




However, as shown below, the density-of Daj^hnia spp. in July 1939 was not
                                  -58-

-------
significantly (p > 0.3) different than that in either J\>0y or August 1970.






                           July  '39      July  '70      Aug.  '70




          Mean Density       5900             0          5>i22




          Students t                       1.1|5  (HS)     0.123 (HS)






We must conclude that the extreme variation between the July 1939 samples




makes comparison impossible.









          New Records for Species in Limnoplankton of Lake Ontario






     In 1958 Anderson (1959) discovered the presence of Eu_ryteiao_ra affinis




(Poppe), a calanoid cppepod usually found in brackish waters, in Lake




Ontario.  Since that time it has been discovered in Lake Erie in 1961 and




in Lake Huron in 1965 (Faber and Jermolajev, 1966).  Nauwerck et_ al_, (1970)'




added Along, intermedia (Sars) and Macrocyclops albidus (Jurine) to the




Ontario fauna, two rare benthic foms constituting less than 0.02/5 of the




mean annual standing crop.




     We have discovered three additional species, one of which is commonly




planktonic.  Piaptomus ashlandi (Marsh) was collected in the shallow HE




sector at IFYGL stations 95 and 98 and at station 83 (0-lOm) in May 1972.




Macrothrix 1aticornis (Jurine) was- found in a 30m haul at station 96 and in




a 5m haul at station 8 off Toronto in August 1972.  Ilyocryptus spinifer




Herrick vas found at station 31 offshore from 30 Male point in May 1972.




Both of these latter forms are conmonly substrate feeders, and may have




been taken when our net hit bottom.








                    Recent Changes in Community  Structure






     For comparative purposes Lake Ontario has been divided into inshore





                                  -59-

-------
(9-50m depth) and offshore (> 50n depth) zones.  Within these zones we have




compared total populations of zooplankton studied from 196? (Patalas, 19&9)




through 1972 (current report).




     Total crustacean density (N), the community competition coefficient (a),




the theoretical community carrying-capacity (K), and the ratio of the




observed to theoretical carrying-capacity (N/K) are employed in these




comparisons.  Each of these theoretical parameters (other than N) was




calculated from original values for each station, and not from lumped means




by cruise, using a program in Fortran IV written for the Univac 1108




computer.




Inshore:  Two trends, including an increase in diversity (H) from 1969 to




1972 and the seasonal pattern of fluctuations in observed:  theoretical




carrying-capacity, are noteworthy.  Changes in yearly abundance (N) are




associated with gear selectivity, while the mean yearly community competition




coeffici/ent has not changed significantly (Table 2-3).




     The diversity of the inshore populations increased from 1.77 bits in




1969 to 2.98 bits in 1972 (Table  3).  The 1969 figure is for the Nine Mile




Point Area (Mcllaught and Fenlon, 1972), while the 1970 and 1972 estimates




are whole-lake averages.  Use of the non-parametric Wilcoxon two-sample




statistic indicated a significant difference at the 80$ level (p <0.2)




between the 1969 and 1970' means, when July data were considered (Table 5).




This obvious increase in diversity was not due to the, addition of new species




(richness) in 1970, but to a change in their relative--abundance (evenness),




as clearly illustrated'in Table 5.  The genera Eosmir.a and Cyclops were




relatively more abundant in 1970.  An additional increase in diversity




occurred in these 2 months in 1972, but it was due tf  the observation of




additional species (richness).  This trend nust be explored in the future,







                                   -60-

-------
for if it persists it indicates a change toward increased stability in inshore




areas.  Usually shallow areas are more productive and less diverse with regard




to fauna and flora.




     Additionally the theoretical carrying-capacity increased for comparable




months (June-July) from 1969 to 1970 (Wilcoxon non-parametric, p <0.2).




This change, however, must be treated with caution, since finer mesh nets




were employed in 1970, and numerically (U) 19^9 was not significantly




different than 1970.




     The ratio of observed (N) to theoretical maximum (K) carrying-capacity




constitutes a new measure of the ability of r-selection animals to push




against environmental resistance (Lane and McNaught, 1973).   R-selection




animals, by definition, have high population growth rates (r).  An




interesting seasonal pattern has been observed for 1970.  The K/K values




are highest in the spring (February-April).  It is logical to hypothesize




that an increase in some available food resources nay permit zooplankton




populations to operate closer to theoretical carrying capacity in the spring.




Traditionally r-selection organisms have been described as filling only a




small fraction of their potential carrying-capacity, and this range for 1969




to 1972 is a consistent 6-2k% (yearly mean 9-12%} (Table 3).




Offshore:  A similar pattern in the N/K ratio for the Crustacea vas noted




for the offshore waters in 1970 (Table M, with values greater 0.1^4 from




February through mid-July.  In these offshore waters the mixing of nutrients




from deep waters may prolong the period of apparent stimulation of zooplankton




growth, as logically intermediated by increased autotrophic production.




     As expected, diversity values are generally higher and more constant




for these offshore populations.  This would imply a more stable environment




than in the inshore areas.
                                     -61-

-------
Inshore-Offshore comparisons:  Standing crops of crustacean zooplankton were




approximately three times as great in inshore vaters -per- unit volume in 1970




than in offshore areas (Tables 3~'»).  Linited data for 1972 show less




difference.  Along with differences in diversity, with the inshore vaters




slightly less diverse in terms of their crustacean populations (2.23 bits




vs. 2.56 bits), we have for 1970 the inage of a more productive but less




stable inshore zooplankton community.  We will be able to deny or confirm




this observation when the 1972-73 IFYGL data have been processed.  These




initial trends, preliminary in mature, should suffice to .draw our attention




to the limited perturbation of these communities today.








                                Significance






     Crustacean abundance has been directly related to the degree of trophy,




especially phosphorus loading rat&s, in the Great Lakes (Patalas, 1972).




Lake Ontario is currently considered a morphometrically oligotrophic lake.




Its zooplankton populations, dominated to an increasing degree by the




Cladocera and Cyclopoida (Table 2), suggest that it is generally more




eutrophic than the upper Great LaJ--.es.  This is especially true in the case




of Lake Superior, which is dominated by Calanoida (D i apt onus s i c i 1 i s ).




     Relative to our stated purposes, ve have illustrated a shift at the



ordinal (Calanoida to Cyclopoida and Cladocera) and generic (Dajphnia and




Diaptoraus to Cyclops' and Bosruna) levels for the peri'od 1939-1972.  At the




same time no significant change was discovered in total density of zoo-




plankton.  For the recent period 1959-1972, significant increases in diversity




have occurred, due to increases in the evenness conponent.  Conconitant changes




in carrying-capacity are questionable due to ssnip]ing techniques.




     Standing crops of zooplankicn, even when they arc- as different as they





                                -62-

-------
                                 References



Anderson, DrV., and D. Clayton.  1959.  Plankton in Lake Ontario.  Ontario


     Dept. Lands and Forests, Phys. Kes. Note No. 1:7.


Faber, D.J. , and E.G. Jencol'ajev.  19^6.  A new copepoci genus in the plankton


     of the Great Lakes.  Lionel. Oceanogr. 11:301-303.


Lane, P.A. , and D.C. McNaught.  1970.  A mathematical analysis of the niches


     of Lake Michigan zooplankton.  Proc. 13th Conf. Great Lakes Res. 1970:


     ^7-57.


	.  1973.  A niche anslysis of the Gull Lake (Michigan, U.S.A.)


     zooplankton community.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limiol. 18: (in press).


Levins, R.  1968.  Evolution in changing environments.  Princeton:  Princeton


     Univ. Press.  120 pp.


McNaught, B.C., and M. Fenlcn.  1972.  The effects of thermal effluents upon


     secondary production.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 18:204-212.


Nauverck, A., G. Carpenter, and L. Devey.  1972.  The crustacean zooplankton


     of Lake Ontario:1970.  Tech. Rept., J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. (in prep.).


Patalas, K.  19^9.  Coraposition and horizontal distribution of crustacean


     plankton in Lake Ontario.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26(8) :2135-2l6!4.


	.  1972.  Crustacean plankton and eutrophication of St. Lawrence


     Great Lakes.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 29(10) :ll*51-lli62.


Tressler, W.L., and T.S. Austin.  19^0.  A linnological study of some bays


     and lakes of the.Lake Ontario watershed.  In 29th Ann. Rept. !?ev York


     State Conserv. Dept., pp. 188-210.  Albany, 1F.Y.

                       I
Whipple, G.C.  1913.  Effect of the sewage of Rochester, H.Y., on the Genesee


     River and Lake Ontario under present conditions.  In Report on the sevege


     disposal system of Rochester, H.Y., ed. E.A. Fisher,  pp. 177-239.


     Hew York:  Wiley.


                                  -63-

-------
Fig. 1.  Changes, in ir.can yearly density  (r.uir.ber/n3)  and relative abundance




         of- crustaceans of inshore vaters  of  Lake  Ontario (1912-1972).
                            -64-

-------
    90,000 r
                                                       90
 c

ro
 cr
 UJ
 h-
 LJ
 :>   60,000
cr
LJL)
CL

CT
L'J
CO
.>
5
z:
 <  30,000
 Lil
 O

 H
 CD
 Z)
 cr
 o
                                                      60
                                                      30
                                                           o
                                                            o:
                                                            LU
                                                            O
                                                            O
                                                            o
                                                            
-------
Table I.  Comparison of data sets used to compare  zooplankton communities.
Author and
Year Published
Whipple (1913)

Trcssler and Austin
(19^0)

Pat alas (1969)

& Me Naught .and Fenlcn
' (1972)
Nruivsrck et al.
(1972)
McNaught and Buzzard
(this publ , )
Inclusive
Dates
Collection
15 August 1912

20- July 1939


June-Oct. 1967

Aug. -Oct. 1969
July-Aus- 1972
Jon. -Dec. 1970

15 Nay-lU July
1972
Gear and
Diameter
Cone net

Juday trap


Wisconsin net,
25 cm
Clarke-Bumpus

Cone net ,
Uo cm
Cone net,
30 cm
Mesh
Aperture
(y)
unknown

likely
6h y

77 y

13U y

6U M

151* u

Time
day/night
daytime

daytime


day/ night

daytime

day /night

day/night

Number
Samples
1

8


190

110

360

152

Depths
0-6m

0, 5, 10,
15, 20, 30,
ho and ^5m
0-5 Om

0, 5, 10,
15, 20, 30,
0-50 m or
0-bottom
0-5m

Area
1.6 km off
Rochester
U.8 km off
Rochester

vhole lake

1-8 km off
Osvego
vhole lake

whole lake


-------
TABLF 2.   Xooplankton standing crops for July in inshore waters of Lake Ontario, with the exception of August 1972, in.number per meter^.
                                                                                                                                        oo
                                                                                                                                        o
Source
Year of Whipple
Order and species collection 1912
Cyclopoida
Copcpoditcs
Cvt'/ !>/>.•? liiriis/titlahif:
Trt>/»ir\'cl»]>s pyasi nits
Mi'siicyclojis cilax
Cycli>f>.-t n' malts
Total cyclopoida
Calanoida
Copopodiles
l)iti/>lttinii!i in inn t us
/)/«/>/< u»i«s or ego n CHS is
Diii/tlointts sicillis
I'uryli •iiiniti ntfiiiis
l.iiinii'Cftltiiinn inacfimis
Total cnlanoida
Total ropcpoda
Cladocora
lias in ina lniiffirost.ris
n-.ifil'.iiin >v/roc»/»"»Yi
1 )/i />/; n in 1 itiifi'ire niia
Ci'i'i'iilrtfilniia lactmlris
C 'liyi/onis it /iliac ricus
Li'(>lt>ilara kiiiellii
Total cladocora
Total cnistacca 30,000
Relative numbers
'.','. Cyclopoida —
fd Calanoida —
''.'• Cl:uloccx*a —
Tressler McNaught
and Austin and Fenlon
1939 • 1969

1,061
+ 15
0
0.
17
1,093


+ 215
0 "~
38
253
25,300 1,346

4,423^
302
5,900
218
95
0
30
5,900 6,958
31,200 8,304

81 1~ 13-2
' 3.0
18.9 83.8
McNaught
and Fcnlon
1970

29,207
0
0
0
0
29,267


510
0
15
531
29,7!)8

58,315 "I
1,187
74
148
220
38
59,982
89,780

32.6
O.G
CG.8
Nauwerck
' et al.
1970

+
1,191
32
0
80
20,000

346
28
20
4
429
20,429

31,731
24
219
MM!
G2

32,099
52,528

38.1
0.8
60.9
McNaught
and Buzzard
1972

1,020
13,138
43
26
73
14,300

114
35
30
42
17
GG
274
14,574

13,190
61 —
n
108
32
39
3
13,433
28,007

51.1
1.0
47.9








o
2.
O
a

g
0.
W
G,
!S3

D










-------
Table 3.  Iv.shore populations, community structure during 1969, 1970 and 1972, including density, conpetition
          coefficient, diversity, theoretical maximum carrying capacity and ratio of densitytcarrying capacity.
          (N = Nauwerek; M = McNaught and Buzzard; P = Patalas.)




Year Day Month
1969 10 July
3.6 July
<* August
2'i August
27 August
31 October
MEAN 1969
1970 3-8 February
3-8 March .
31 March-!* April
28 Apr i 1-1 May
25-20 May
22-27 June
16-20 July
23 July
30 July
7 August
16-20 August
l't-19 September
13-3.7 October
16-20 November
7-11 December
KEAN 1970
1972 15-1? May
12-16 June
10-lU July




Data
Source
K
M
M
M
M
M

N
Jf
K
N
N
N
N
M
M
M
K
N
N
N
N

M
M
M
Total
Density
Crustacean
Eoonlankton
"(N)
number /m3
5,197
9,350
12,623
7,821
l*,5l*2
8,917
8,075
31*1
1,1*70
1,201*
1,89U
5,118
1»,253
1*0,1*8?
102,1(26
69,750
58,870
3l* ,085
28,165
1*2,761
7,^38
2,573
26,722
1,272
2,236
25,665
Community
Competition
Coefficient
(a)
with
variance ()
.50 (.13)
.56 (.10)
.1*8 (.lU)
.33 (.12)
.36 (.10)
.32 (.18)
.1*3
.1*9 (.08)
.56 (.10)
.1*1* (.11)
.35 (.09)
.38 (.22)
.28 (.1).)
.28 (.12)
.3U (.11)
.33 (.07)
.36 (.08)
.1*8 (.1C)
.39 (.10)
.52 (.11)
.U. (.08)
.55 (.1U)
.1*1
.1*3 (.15)
.30 (.09)
.27 (.06)

Theoretical
Carrying
Capacity
(K)
number/m^
1*6,857
9!*,l61*
8l,l7l»-
71,1*86
33,796
51,626
63,181.
2,137
11,072
5,103
10,753
71,922
31,705
377,91*3
967,581
573,701)
1*33,160
277,51*9
196,155
393,1*26
66,260
25,877
229,623
9,866
36,1*13
303,770
Ratio
Observed to
Theoretical
Carrying-
Capacity
(N/K)
.11
.-10
.12
.11
.13
.17
.12
.16
.13
.2U
.18
.07
.13
.11
.12
.12
.11*
.12
.11*
.11
.11
.10
.13
.13
.06
.08




Diversity
(H)
1.90
1.57
1.56
1.8U
2.01*
0.57
1.77
2.29
1.149
2.50
2.36
0.99
2.27
2.07
2.1)1
2.11*
2.30
2.57
2.6l
2.1*0
2.63
2.55
2.23
3.00
2.86
3-07
      MV.AN  1972
9,72).
.33
15,'
                                                                                       .09
2.98

-------
Table 4.  Offshore populations,  community structure during 1968,  1970 and 1972,  including density,  competition
          coefficient, diversity, theoretical maximum carrying capacity and ratio  of density:carrying-capacity.
          (N = Nauverck; M = McNaught and Buzzard;  P = Patalas.)



Yea
1968
1970



,
&
VO
1






1972





r Day Month
12-13 September
3-8 February
3-8 March
31 Mareh-1* April
28 /Voril-1 May
25-29 May
22-27 June
16-20 July
16-20 August
il|-19 September
13-17 October
16-20 November
16-20 December
MEAN 1970
15-19 May
12-16 June
10-1 '4 July


Data
Source
P
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N

M
M
M
Total
Density
Crustacean
Zooplankton
(N)
number/m3
28.7
793
987
661
1,581
8U6
2,168
9,787
32,269
19,139
19,3l»8
U,637
l,ll*6
7,780
952
3,1*10
31,963
Community
Competition
Coefficient
U)
with
variance ( )
.52 (.11*)
.1*6 (.09)
.51* (.10)
M (.HO
.^3 (.09)
.61 (.13)
.39 (.13)
.32 (.09)
.U8 (.20)
.1*9 (.07)
-55 (.11)
,>*5 (.13)
.57 (.05)
.1*8
.51 (.11)
.28 (.08)
.27 (.09)
Theoretical
Carrying
Capacity
"(K)
number/m3
509
1*,097
5,502
2,527
6556U
6,121
11,078
71,067
283,256
153,952
185,019
1*2,18)4
7,51*2
6U,909
7,6l8
27,1*53
358,969
Ratio
Observed to
Theoretical
Carrying-
Car)acity
(N/K)
.06
.19
.18
.26
.21*
.11*
.20
.11*
.11
.12
.11
.11
.15
.16
.13
.12
.09


Diversity
(K)
2.93
2.59
2.56
2.28
2.70
2/UH
2.37
2ji8
2..55
2.69
2.82
2J'8
2. '7 3
2/56
3.07
2.81*
2.77
      MEAN 1972
12,108
.35
131,3^7
,11
2.89

-------
Table 5.  Richness and evenness components of diversity for inshore waters
          of Lake Ontario during June-July (1969-1972).
Date
10 July 1969
16 July 1969
20 July 1970
23 July 1970
30 July 1970
12-16 June 1972
10-14 July 1972'
Diversity (bits)
1.90
1.57
2.07
2.141
2. Ill
2.814
2.77
Richness
3.92
3.8?
2.60
1.80
2.70
5.37
H.5H
Evenness
1.71
1.1.1
2.07
2.^1
1.98
2.22
2.10
                                  -70-

-------
           ANNUAL PROGRESS REPORT
ALGAL NUTRIENT AVAILABILITY AND LIMITATION IN

          LAKE ONTARIO DURING IFYGL
             Grant Number 800537
        July 1, 1972 - June 30, 1973
                 G.  Fred Lee
                William Cowen
             Nagalaxmi Sridharan
           Environmental Chemistry
       Department of Civil Engineering
            Texas A&M University
        College Station, Texas  77843

-------
OBJECTIVES OJr' THE PROJECT

The objectives of this project were to 1) determine the
limiting nutrient or nutrients in tributary and open waters
of Lake Ontario with the standard Algal Assay Procedure
(AAP) test; 2) estimate the extent of nutrient regeneration
from Cladophora after death of the organism-; and 3) determine
the availability to algae of particulate-phosphorus forms
in tributary waters, urban stormwater drainage, and
precipitation, and the extent of mineralization of particu-
late nitrogen in tributary waters.

The original operational plan also included a study of the
nitrogen and phosphorus nutritional status of Cladophora
growing along the New York State shore..  This project and
much of the Cladophora nutrient regeneration study had to
be curtailed because of the difficulty of receiving fresh
algal samples.  The funds to be used for these projects were
instead used to sample the New York tributaries during the
high flow period of 1973.

STATUS OF THE PROGRAM

Very limited Cladophora nutrient regeneration studies were
performed during the fall and summer of 1972, along with
some work on nitrogen and phosphorus availability in
tributary and runoff waters.  The major part of the sampling
     "This project is also conducted at the University of
      Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin.
                            -71-

-------
for the bioassay program was accomplished during field
trips on 6-7 April, 30 April-1 May, 27-28 May, and lb-17
June, 1973.  Figure 1 shows-the sampling sites for
tributaries and open lake stations.  Samples have also been
received from the New York State Department of Environmental
Conservation since July of 1972, and from Dr. Moore in
Oswego since February of 1973.  New York rain gage water_
samples were not received until July of 1973, so that this
phase of the program is considerably behind schedule.

Laboratory work on all samples except the last set of open
lake water and the rain gage water has been essentially
completed.  As specified in our contract, we will try to
bioassay additional rain gage samples as they are received.
With this exception, the laboratory research should be
completed by mid-August, 1973.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS TO DATE

Cladophora Nutrient Regeneration

Tables I-III summarize the limited data available from
fresh Cladophora samples collected in Lake Ontario and
(for comparison) Lake Mendota, Wisconsin.  The' cellular
nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) data were obtained from
Kjeldahl-digested and wet-ashed subsamples of algae, on
an oven-dry basis.  The subsamples were spun-dry to oven-dry
weight, so-that the cellular N and P levels of the spun-
dry algae used in the regeneration tests could be calculated.
The samples were stored under aerobic conditions i?n darkness
at 22-27°C., with and without chloroform for phosphate
regeneration and without chloroform for nitrate regeneration.

Tables I and II show that the percent of cellular phosphate
converted to dissolved reactive phosphorus (DRP) reactive
to a molybdenum-blue color reagent (Standard Methods, 13th
ed., 1971) was extremely variable, ranging from 21 to 100
percent.  Generally, the maximum extent of regeneration
was completed by 5-7 days with chloroform and by 50 days
without chloroform.

The conversion of cellular nitrogen to nitrate  (Table III)
was somewhat less variable, with a range of 12-40 percent.
The nitrogen mineralization was relatively show, with
increases in NOl still occurring between 50 and 100 days.
                           -72-

-------
                    Figure 1

Lake Ontario and Tributary Water Sampling  Sites
                   geconnaifjonte  No.
       Beaver Is. D&te
       Park       Time
       Bu"*'°              KILOMETERS
                                                                                     Black
                                                                                     River

-------
                                              Table I




                               Release of Dissolved Reactive Phosphorus




                                    from Chloroformed Cladophora
SampJLe
Mendota - 1
Mendota - 2
Oswego
Rochester
Date
Collected
15 Jun 72
23 Jun 72
8 Jul 72
21 Jul 72
P Content
ug P/mg Algae
0.9
1.1
0.7
1.1
Incubation,
Days
5
5
5
5
P Release in 5 days,
ug P/mg Algae (Range)*
0.59-0.94
0.86-1.3
0.24-0.46
0.70-0.90
% P Released
(Range)*
66-104
75-118
34-65
64-82
* Three portions of algae from each sample.
                                              Table II




                               Release of Dissolved Reactive Phosphorus




                                 from Cladophora  Incubated in Darkness


Sample
Mendota - 1
Oswego
Rochester
Toronto

Date
Collected
15 Jun 72
8 Jul 72
21 Jul 72
16 Aug 72

P Content
ug P/mg Algae
0.9
0.7
1.1
1.6

Incubation,
Days
50
50
51
50
Max P Release
in 50 Days
ug P/mg Algae (Range)*
0.50-0.58
0.64-0.86
0.87-0.98
0.34-0.38

% P Released
(Range)*
57-64
90-121
79-89
21-24
* Three portions of  algae from each sample,

-------
                                         Table III
                                   Formation of Nitrate
                           from Cladophora Incubated in Darkness
Sample
Mendota-1
Oswego
Rochester
Toronto
Date
Collected
15 Jun 72
8 Jul 72
21 Jun 12
16 Aug 72
N Content
ug N/mg Algae
20
57
22
27
Incubation,
Days
102
100
100
100
N03-N Released
in 100 Days
ug N/mg Algae (Range)*
4.4-4.9
6.8-10
8.4-8.7
6.2-9.0
% N Released
(Range)*
22-24
12-18
38-40
23-33
*Three portions of algae from each sample

-------
AAP Study on Nutrient Limitation in New York Tributary Waters
and Lake Ontario Water

All samples assayed were autoclaved at 15 psi for 15 minutes,
then cooled and filtered through 0.45 micron pore-size
millipore filters before inoculation with nutrient spikes
and Selenastrum capricornutum.   Growth stimulation was
followed By absorbance measurements (7bO nm) at 48-hour
intervals until a plateau was reached.

Figure 2 is a representative summary of an AAP test nutrient
spike study, performeo on the Genesee River sample #34,
collected 7 April 1973.  Only the averages of three replicate
flasks of each treatment are shown, for clarity.  Neither
N spikes nor N+ micronutrient spikes significantly enhanced
the growth of Selenastrum in the sample over the unspiked
control.  In contrast, the phosphorus spike alone caused a.
significant growth response, indicating phosphorus limitation.
No conclusions about limitation in the rivers can be made,
however, until all the data have been compiled from the
spring sampling trips.

Carbon-14 assimilation rate measurements made on Lake Ontario
water (open-lake and near shore) collected before February
1973, generally showed stimulation of the natural phyto-
plankton only when spiked with P+N, or P+N+micronutrients.

The data from water collected on spring sampling trips by
the Canadian Centre for Inland Waters is still being
processed.

Nitrogen Mineralization in New York Rivers

Table IV shows the results obtained thus far from river samples
collected in the spring of 1973.  The results are expressed
as the maximum percent of the total N which appeared as
nitrate in the incubations.  In some cases the experiments
have not been completed, so the most recently reported valme
is given.

The overall range of nitrogen availability was found to be
60-91 percent of the initial total nitrogen (total Kjeldahl-N
plus nitrate) of the samples.  In all cases, the final
ammonia levels were not significant compared to the nitrate
levels, so tnat "readily available" nitrogen was considered
to be represented by nitrate alone.  Experimental results
from later samples collected in May and June have not yet
been evaluated.
                      -76-

-------
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1  -
O O  O  Sample  #34

O n  D  Sample  #34 H- P

A A  A  Sample  #34 + N

O O  O  Sample  #34 + P + N

A A  A  Sample  #34 + N + Micro

•  • •   Sample  #34 + P + N
         + Micro
                                         12          16
                                           Time, Days
                                                      20
                                                                  24
                                          -77-

-------
Phosphorus Availability in Tributary Waters to Lake Ontario

The samples used for particulate-phosphorus availability
studies included those from the New York rivers and from the
Genesee River Basin study.  Table V shows the sampling
stations and the major land use classifications of the
Genesee Basin study.  Only selected samples were studied for
particulate-phosphorus (PP) availability because of the
very low concentrations of PP in many of the samples.
Tables VI and VII summarize the phosphorus chemistry of the
samples extracted with dilute HC1-H2S04, O.lW NaOH, Dowex-1
anion exchange resin, or with Selenastrum in growth assays.
Only two samples showed a PP availability of greater than
50 percent; these were found with acid extractions.  Ex-
tractions with base and resin showed less available P than
did acid extractions in most cases, and 18-day algal assays
showed the lowest levels of available P.  Autoclaved particles
showed availability percentages similar to basic extracts.
In all tests, the particles were isolated on 0.45 micron
pore size tilters.  Total P, total soluble P and PP data are
based on a persultate digestion method (Standard Methods,
13th ed., 1971).

The same types of tests were conducted on Genesee River
particulate matter, as shown in Table VIII.  The results of
acid extracts were extremely variable, while the results
o± the base, resin and algal extractions were similar to
those from the Genesee Basin study (Table VII).

Bioassays of river particulate matter generally showed
that less than 6 percent was available to Selenastrum over
18 days (Tables VIII and IX).  In contrast, autoclaved
particles released 26-57 percent of their phosphorus for
algal growth.

In an effort to directly estimate the availability of total
phosphorus (TP) in the river samples, chloroform was added
and the resultant increase in DRP was monitored with time,
as proposed by Berman (197-0).  Figure 3 illustrates a
typical 7-day release pattern for an Oswego River sample,
with and without a condensed phosphate (sodium tripoly-
phosphate--TPP) spike added to demonstrate the presence of
active phosphatases in the chloroformed sample.  The final
DRP level exceeded the initial total soluble P (TSP) value,
demonstrating that some of the released DRP must have come
from an insoluble source, i.e., particulate-phosphorus.
Table X summarizes the data from such tests run on other
river samples.  The Genesee results were extremely variable,
while the results from other rivers seemed to be less
variable, with averages of 33-64 percent of the TP available
in the test.
                           -78-

-------
                                       Table IV
                           Mineralization of Kjeldahl Nitrogen




                            in Samples Incubated in Darkness
NO~-N, mg N/l
Sample
Oswego
Oswego
Oswego
Oswego
Genesee
Genesee
Niagara
Black R
Black R
No.
R - #28
R - #31
R - #35
R - #43
R - #34
R - //42
R - /Ml
- #36
- #44
Date
Collected
2
28
7
1
7
1
30
7
1
Mar
Mar
Apr
May
Apr
May
Apr
Apr
May
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
Day
Maximum Maximum
Initial Observed Observed
0.61
0.68
0.56
0.46
0.98
0.56
0.14
0.47
0.24
1.
1.
1.
0.
1.
1.
0.
0.
0.
06
01
05
92
32
05
32
56
37
82
64**
64**
28
64**
28
28
64**
28
Initial
Total N,*
mg N/l
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
0.
0.
0.
34
27
16
42
21
52
45
89
59
Max % Total N
Avail as NO^-N
mg N/l
79
80
91
65
60
69
71
63
63
 * Kjeldahl N + NOg-N before incubation




** Experiment still in progress
                                         -79-

-------
                                      Table V
Station
No.	
U.S.G.S.
Map Name
LOCATION OF SAMPLING STATIONS

   GENES'EE RIVER BASIN



   	Land Use	
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9
Byron-

Rocheste* East

Geneseo

Geneseo

Geneseo

Springwater

Dansville

Dansville

Andover
         Cropland             Spring Creek

         Urban                Allen Creek

         (Beginning of pasture)

         Pasture              Jaycox Creek

         (Beginning of Pasture)

         Forest               Bri'ggs Gully

         High density residential

         Beginning of H.D.R.

         Brushland            Eas't Valley Creek
                                    -80-

-------
            Table  VI




       Phosphorus Forms




in Genesee River Basin Samples
Sample
Number
402-6
402-8
404-8
407-8
409-8
402-9
409-9
502-1
502-7
507-7
502-8
504-8
507-8
507-9
502-10
502-11
507-11
501-12
502-12
507-12
501-13
507-13
501-14
502-14
507-14
Date
Collected
6 Oct 72
3 Nov 72
2 Nov 72
2 Nov 72
2 Nov 72
15 Nov 72
14 Nov 72
15 Dec 72
22 Mar 73
20 Mar 73
4 Apr 73
4 Apr 73
3 Apr 73
17 Apr 73
1 May 73
6 May 73
15 May 73
30 May 73
30 May 73
30 May 73
12-13 Jun 73
12-13 Jun 73
26 Jun 73
26 Jun 73
25 Jun 73
DRP
72
70
182
27
<1
55
14
27
24
	
19
54
6
2
15
37
2
3
43
2
1
5
6
59
9
Phosphorus,
TSP
77
78
193
29
8
66
26
35
26
4
27
60
4
2
22
46
5
12
55
4
4
9
7
66
10
ug P/l
TP
118
188
350
361
131
112
2140
60
69
39
59
452
29
27
79
81
22
60
165
32
31
239
38
129
284
PP
41
110
157
332
123
46
2110
25
43
35
32
392
25
25
57
35
17
48
110
28
27
230
31
63
274
        -81-

-------
                        Table VII

           Chemical and Biological Extraction

of Particulate-Phosphorus in Genesee River Basin Samples
                            Average Per Cent of Particulate-P Extracted
                                                 by


Station No.
1 (Byron)



2 (Rochester East)










4 (Geneseo)


7 (Dansville)








9 (And over)



Sample
Number
501-12
501-13
501-14
Averages
402-6
402-8
402-9
502-1
502-7
502-8
502-10
502-11
502-12
502-14
Averages
404-8
504-8
Averages
407-8
507-7
507-8
507-9
507-11
507-12
507-13
507-14
Averages
409-8
409-9
Averages


Acid
25
18
22
22
42
40
60
—
—
—
—
46
49
52
48
29
29
29
35
34
—
29
28
30
28
30
30
23
35
29


Base
11
18
10
13
27
29
37
—
37
25
—
29
27
27
30
18
19
18
18
26
32
10
16
24
15
10
19
16
21
18


Resin
1
7
10
6
27
24
22
—
28
18
—
28
27
25
25
17
18
18
10
6
8
12
16
14
14
5
11
7
11
9


Algae
< 4
—
<10
< 7
•__
—
—
<12
22
21
24
< 1
< 5
< 2
<12
_r*nr
7
7
«.—
< 3
< 5
< 2
< 3
< 1
—
2
< 3
m.^
—
—
Algae
(Particles
Autoclaved)
__
16
20
18
__
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
34
34
_w
—
—
__
—
—
—
—
— .
8
10
9



                      -82-

-------
                                 Table VIII

                    Chemical and Biological Extractions

                   of Genesee River Particulate-Phosphorus
                                Average Per Cent of Particulate-P Available to	
                                                                             Algae
                   PP                                         Algae       (Particles
Sample No.	ug P/l	Acid	Base	Resin  (Selenastrum)  Autoclaved)

Genesee R - #34   360         79         11          9          2
Genesee R - #42   105         58         18         24         <6
Genesee R - #51    62         44         27         31         <2            41
Genesee R - #58   146         21         12          5         <1            36
                                  -83-

-------
                                  Table IX

                     Biological Extractions of New York

                        River Particulate-Phosphorus
                                             Average Per Cent of
                    PP         Particulate-P Available to Algae (Selenastrum)
Sample No.	ug P/l	Particles Not Autoclaved    Particles Autoclaved

Niagara R - #50     19                  <5                        57
Niagara R - #56     26                  —                        33

Oswego R - #43      50                  <1
Oswego R - #47      48                  <2
Oswego R - #52      47                  <2                        44
Oswego R - #59      86                  —                        32

Black R - #44       20                   5
Black R - #53       25                  <3                        45
Black R - #60       75                  —                        26
                                 -84-

-------
180  -
                                                                O—OO Sample (55 +CHC13
                                                                       Sample i?55 +CHC13
                                                                       + 100 ug P/l TPP
                                                                       100 ug P/l TPP
                                                                         CHCl3.in H20
20  _
                                   Days Incubation
                                          -85-

-------
                          Table  X




        Increase of Dissolved Reactive Phosphorus




During Incubation of New York River Water with Chloroform




                           DRP.  ug P/l
% TP available
Sample No.
Fort Niagara
Niagara R - #27
Niagara R - #33
Niagara R - #50
Niagara R - //56

Beaver Island Park
Niagara R - #49
Niagara R - #57

Genesee
Genesee R - #34
Genesee R - #51
Genesee R - #58
Oswego
Oswego R - #22
Oswego R - #23
Oswego R - #24
Oswego R - #26
Oswego R - #29
Oswego R - #31
Oswego R - #35
Oswego R - #52
Oswego R - #54
Oswego R - #55
Oswego R - #59

Black
Black R - #25
Black R - #36
Black R - #53
Black R - #60

* 8 days
** 9 days
Date
Collected

26 Feb 73
28 Mar 73
27 May 73
15 Jun 73


27 May 73
15 Jun 73


29 Mar 73
28 May 73
16 Jun 73

7 Aug 72
7 Aug 72
1 Sep 72
1 Sep 72
12 Mar 73
28 Mar 73
29 Mar 73
28 May 73
31 May 73
4 Jun 73
17 Jun 73


28 Aug 72
29 Mar 73
28 May 73
17 Jun, 73



Initial

4
5
1
26


2
3


26
104
49

58
49
4
79
78
43
47
50
40
35
46


14
7
5
13



+CHC13
(1 day)

9
11
12
27


14
17


32
111
63

64
66
59
96
80
46
62
61
49
51
77


19
11
15
28



+CHC13
(7 days)

10
14**
16
30*


22
20*


36**
122
76*

71
63
46
75
82
49
67**
70
57
59
88*


16
15**
17
37



TP
ug P/l

18
34
26
59
Average

51
86
Average

386
173
204

93
96
88
154
131
95
105
104
87
96
147
Average

53
34
41
99
Average


+CHC13
(7 days)

56
41
62
51
53

43
23
33

9
70
37

76
69
67
62
62
52
64
67
66
61
60
64

30
44
41
37
38


                         -86-

-------
Dark, long-term incubations of river water with and without
Dowex-i anion exchange resin have also been conducted on
these samples; however, the data have not been completely
evaluated at this time.  In addition, AAP-type growth assays
have recently been run on autoclaved, filtered samples to
quantitate the level of available P resulting from such
treatment.
REFERENCES

Herman, T.  Alkaline Phosphatases and Phosphorus Availability
      in Lake Kinneret, Limnol. Oceanogr., 15, 663-674 (1970).

APHA, AWWA WPCF.  Standard Methods for the Examination of
      Water and Wastewater, 13th Ed. APHA NY (1971).
                           -87-

-------
                          ANNUAL REPORT
                      Grant Number R-800605
ANALYSIS OF PHYTOPLANKTON COMPOSITION AND ABUNDANCE DURING IFYGL
                          E. F. Stoermer



                   Great Lakes Research Division



                      University of Michigan

-------
     This project was initiated as part of an integrated series of investigations




of Lake Ontario under the general aegis of the International Field Year Great




Lakes.  In its original conception this project was planned primarily as an




attempt to construct a precise model of the hydrological characteristics of Lake




Ontario.  Since it was recognizedjfhat the unique bank of physical data generated




by this project would have great utility in constructing a more general process




model of the Lake Ontario 'ecosystem, an attempt has been made to also gather a




similar bank of coherent biological and chemical data to facilitate the con-




struction of the more general model.  This effort was carried out largely within




the constraints imposed by the demands of original project concept.




     The specific objectives of the particular project discussed here are to




provide an assessment of the phytoplankton populations present in the lake and




their seasonal cycles of distribution and abundance.  Operationally,  the problem




was approached through a sampling design of 60 stations (shown on Figure 1)




sampled at monthly intervals during prime growth periods and bimonthly otherwise.




Samples are taken from standard depths at all stations.  At deepest stations, a




total of 12 samples are taken and sampling sequence is truncated in shallower




depths.




     The major effort in the project is devoted to development of population




abundance estimates for the species of phytoplankton occurring in Lake Ontario.




Method used is direct microscopic identification and enumeration from material




prepared as semipermanent slides in the field.  Rapid gross estimates of total




particle abundance are also made on all samples, using an automatic optical




occlusion particle counter-slzer operating in the range of 5-150um.




     Splits from the same samples used in preparation of slides analyzed in the




project are also filtered, preserved, and set aside as permanent archival ref-




erences.  It was felt that this project furnished a unique opportunity to
                                -90-

-------
develop a coherent set of base line information of the type sadly lacking in the




Laurentian Great Lakes.  At the end of the project, this material will be deposited




with the Smithsonian Institution.




     Partially as an independent cross calibration, and partially as a comparison




with the methods used by other projects, a limited number of extracted chlorophyll




determinations were made by the fluorometric method generally utilized in our




laboratory.  These measurements were made on samples taken from 5 "master"




stations.  Primary responsibility for development of standing crop estimates




through chlorophyll measure is part of another project.




     There has been considerable deviation from the original concept and plan




in the actual sampling operation serving this project.  The original plan called




for sampling beginning in April and proceeding throughout the year with the same




basic array of stations being sampled on every cruise.  Due to the unavailability




of a sampling platform, it was necessary to "scratch" the planned cruise in




April of 1972.  Due to adverse weather conditions and the constraints on platform




availability, sampling on the May cruise was only about 50% effective.  Due to




these problems,  plus the fact that highly unusual weather conditions introduced




the possibility that biological responses in the spring of 1972, during the grand




period of phytoplankton growth might be atypical, led to the consideration of




extension of the originally planned sampling exercise.  After consultation with




representatives of other projects involved in biological and chemical measurements,




it was decided to extend the sampling operation through June of 1973.  Due again




to the constraints on availability of sampling platforms, it was necessary to




somewhat restrict the number to stations sampled during each cruise.  The total




effect on this particular project has been to considerably increase the amount




of time devoted to field sampling operations and to somewhat increase the total




number of samples that it is necessary to analyze beyond the number originally
                                 -91-

-------
planned.  Requests for time extension and funding increase consistant with the




increased work load have been submitted with this year's renewal request.
                        Current Status of Project




Archival Samples




     All archival samples have undergone final processing and labels have been




printed.  Material is presently being labeled and packed for shipment to final




repository.  A total of 3677 samples are available.  Summary listing of the




samples available is shown in Appendix A.  Printouts of sample labels can be




furnished on request.  This phase of the project is essentially on schedule.




Particle Count Analyses




     Initial analysis has been completed on all samples and raw data from these




runs is given in Appendix B.  Work is presently underway to calibrate these




values against other estimates of phytoplankton standing crop.  Card form raw




data summaries can be furnished on request, but potential users should be advised




that raw data reflects total particulates.  This phase of the project is essentially




on schedule.  Further progress will depend on availability of chlorophyll and




cell count data.




Microscopic Cell Counts



     Analysis has been completed for all surface stations.  Summary representations




of total cell numbers are included in Tables 1-10 following.  Numerical data




for particular stations or distributions of particular species can be furnished




if urgently needed but we ask that such requests be kept to a minimum due to




expense involved in dumping interum summaries.  Current emphasis in this phase




of project is in completing analyses of depth series data from master stations.




This phase of project has suffered most from extension of -sampling program due to
                                      -92-

-------
the necessity of diverting personel  from lab to field operations.  At present




we estimate that this phase of the investigations is approximately 2 months




behind originally projected schedule.
                       Summary of Results to Date




     Perhaps the most striking feature of the phytoplankton data we have developed




so far is the extreme variability of the phytoplankton assemblage both in respect




to total abundance and in respect to the distribution of particular entities.




     The dominant seasonal pattern, as would be expected, appears to be the




development of a spring bloom beginning-at isolated localities nearshore during




March and developing in all nearshore waters by April.  In 1973, high concen-




trations of phytoplankton were first noted at isolated stations on both the north




and south Chores in March (Fig. 8).  By April of the same year cell counts over




2000 cells/ml were noted at most stations on the north shore east of 79° (Fig.




9).  Total abundance figures were less for stations on the south shore, running




between 1000 and 2000 cells/ml, except at stations near Rochester and near




Thirty Mile Point, where they exceeded 2000 cells/ml.  During this sampling period




counts appeared to be lower in the extreme western end of the lake and higher




in the northeastern island area.  There, however,  did not appear to be any




consistant east-west trend in phytoplankton abundance in the offshore open water




region of the lake.  During the May 1972 sampling period (Fig. 1) total cell




counts over 2000 cells/ml were noted at shoreward stations east of 78° 30' with




highs of over 5000 cells/ml at stations in Mexico Bay and in the North Channel-




Prince Edward Bay region.  At this time ce]JL counts in the mid-lake region were




on the order of 1000 cells/ml.  During this sampling period there appeared to be




a trend toward lower values in the western end of the lake, both in the waters
                                     -93-

-------
nearshore  and in the open lake but a large portion of the eastern region was




not sampled.  During the June 1972 sampling period (Fig. 2) total cell counts




over 2000 cells/ml were noted at most stations sampled.  Much lower abundances




were noted at a rather narrow band of stations offshore (near 43° 30" N) and




near Niagara.  Much higher counts were found over a wide area near Toronto and




at two isolated stations in the eastern end of the lake.  During the June 1973




sampling period, however, distribution was much less consistent (Fig. 10).  Total




cell counts greater than 5000 cells/ml were noted at isolated stations offshore




and there did not appear to be any consistent trend, either east-west or with




respect to distance from shore.  In July 1972, total phytoplankton abundance




declined rather drastically from levels reached in June of the same year  (Fig. 3).




At this time, highest cell counts were found at stations just east of Niagara.




Somewhat lower peaks, somewhat more than 2000 cells/ml, were noted at isolated




stations near Toronto and offshore in the eastern end of the lake.  In August




of 1972 fotal phytoplankton abundance declined at all stations in the western




sector of the lake, with somewhat higher abundances being maintained in the




vicinity of Toronto and Niagara (Fig. 4).  Total cell counts in the eastern




sector, however, increased with total cell counts in excess of 2000 cells/ml




being found at stations near Rochester and at all stations sampled in the eastern




islands region.  During the October 1972 sampling period phytoplankton abundance




was moderately high at all stations sampled, with no particularly striking areal




pattern being evident (Fig. 5).  Highest abundances were noted at stations between




Hamilton and Niagara at stations nearshore. Total phytoplankton abundance




continued to decline and during the November 1972 sampling period (Fig. 6).  No




particularly striking trends were evident, but there appeared to be a tendency




toward higher abundance in the sectors of the lake near Toronto and Rochester.




Lowest overall abundances noted during the study to date were found in February




1973 sampling  (Fig. 7).  Total cell counts were less than 200 cells/ml at most






                                   -94-

-------
stations in the southern and western portions of the lake, with somewhat higher




levels being found in the vicinity of Toronto, Niagara, Rochester and Oswego.




Higher values were found at stations near the northern and northeastern shore,




with highest values, on the order of over 1500 cells/ml, found at stations




south and east of Prince Edward Point.  It appears that during this sampling




period phytoplankton abundance was significantly higher at all stations in the




northeastern sector of the lake, although the reduced sampling density makes the




overall distribution pattern somewhat difficult to interpret.




     In inspecting the summaries presented in the figures, it should be kept in




mind that the numbers refer only to cell counts and are not correct for cell




volume.  In some cases further refinement of the data may tend to smooth some




of the apparent inconsistencies that are present, but it is doubtful that any




major change in interpretation will result.




     In some respects it is surprising that the phytoplankton density data do




not more clearly reflect the presence of major pollution sources.  In certain




cases, such as June 1972 and February 1973, such trends are apparent but in many




instances particularly high phytoplankton abundances are not obviously related




to major pollution sources.  Perhaps the most surprising result in this context




is the apparent initiation of the spring bloom and consistently high values




found in the northeastern sector of the lake.




     It is apparent from inspection of the phytoplankton preparations that grazing




may play a significant part in modifying apparent trends in phytoplankton




abundance.  Prepared slides from many localities have unusually high levels of




protozoans and rotifers in addition to the phytoplankton.  Although we have not




made quantitative estimates of the abundance of these entities, it appears that




their abundance is quite closely related to localities having apparent nutrient




sources.  Further analysis of this situation awaits input from the ztfoplankton




projects.





                                  -95-

-------
     Although we have not yet attempted to plot the distribution of particular




species in detail, it is obvious from inspection of the raw data that there is




an extermely high degree of variability in population dominance at different




stations.




     During the initial sampling period in May 1972 the predominant taxa were




the smaller species of Stephanodiscus, including jS. minutus, jS, tenuis, J3.




subtilis, and at certain stations _§_. binderanus.  Often large but highly




variable populations of microflagellates were noted at most stations.  The




most abundant species were Cryptomonas erosa and Rhodomonas minutus, although




several other species were occasionally present in high numbers.  Scenedesmus




bicellularis was particularly abundant at stations where high total counts




were found.  Most abundant taxa at offshore stations were Melosira islandica,




Asterionella formosa and occasionally Fragilaria crotonensis.  Occasional high




populations of Per id inium spp., Ankistrodesmus falcatus et var., and Anacystis




incerta were also noted.  Although not numerically dominant at any station,




Surirella angustata was common in most collections as was Diatoma tenue var.




elongatum.




     Essentially the same dominant assemblage was present in the June 1972




collections with Stephanodiscus binderanus, several species of microflagellates




and Scenedesmus bicallularis being the overall predominant forms, particularly




at stations having high standing crop levels.  Melosira islandica, Fragilaria




crotonensis and Asterionella formosa remained relatively abundant at some sta-




tions, particularly offshore.  Isolated abundant occurrences of Gloeocystis




planctonica and Coccomyxa coccoides were also noted.




     During July the former of these two species continued to increase, while




most of the dominant species in the early spring flora were on the wane.




Microflagellates continued to be abundant but dominant forms at most stations






                                    -96-

-------
were Chrysochromulina parva and Dinobryon spp. although Cryptomonas erosa




continued to be abundant.  Stephanodiscus subti-lis and Diatoma tenue var. elongatum




were the most abundant diatoms.




     In August the dominant species at most stations were Pragilaria crotonensis,




Gloeocystis planetonica, and several members of the genera Anabaena, Oocystis,




and Pediastrum.  At some stations the green flagellates Eudorina and Phacotus




were quite abundant along with species of Botryococcus, Ulothrix, Gomphosphaeria




and the only diatom which occurred in abundance at this time, Stephanodiscus




subtilis.  Although still present in most samples, the abundance of microflagellates




was strongly reduced during this sampling period.




    In October the abundance of microflagellates again increased with Chrysochro-




mulina parva, Rhodomonas minuta and Chlamydomonas spp. being the primary taxa




present.  During this sampling period there was also a considerable relative




increase in populations of the blue-green algae Gomphosphaeria wichurae,




Anacystis incerta, and A. cyanea.  The diatoms Fragilaria crotonensis,




S t epha nod is cu s subtilis and J3. tenuis were also conspicuous dominants at several




stations.




     In November the species of Gomphosphaeria and Anacystis and the microflag-




ellate taxa which had become established the previous month remained abundant,




but the diatom component of the flora was dominated  by Asterionella formosa.




     Somewhat surprisingly, the two blue-green taxa which were abundant in




November remained conspicuous in the February collections.  Otherwise the rather




depauperate assemblages collected during  this sampling period were dominated




by S t ephanod iscu s alpinus, S_. hantzschil, Asterionella formosa and Scanedesmus




bicellularis.




     During March the diversity of the phytoplankton assemblage appeared to




increase substantially with the spring dominants noted the previous year being
                                    -97-

-------
the most abundant taxa.  This pattern of dominance remained about the same




throughout the rest of the sampling period, with one notable exception.




Stephanodiscus binderanus which had been the overall dominant,  especially in




June  of the previous year, was strikingly reduced in abundance at all stations.




Although  it was  still  present  ±n most collections, it tended to be replaced in




dominance by the smaller species of Stephanodiscus referred to earlier and,




particularly at some stations in June, by JS. subsalsus which had been quite rare




in collections taken the previous year.




     The overall impression gained from our preliminary observations on Lake




Ontario is that of a highly disturbed system in which the biological operators




and seasonal trends differ considerably from those found in the upper Great Lakes.




The striking nature of this difference led one of the people working on the




project to make the succinct observation that Lake Ontario more resembles a




series of eutrophic ponds flying in formation than it does a great lake so far




as the phytoplankton flora is concerned.




     So far as the species composition of the flora is concerned,  the oligo-




trophic diatom and chrysophycean flagellate taxa which dominate the offshore waters




of the upper lakes are conspicuous by their absence in Lake Ontario.  Virtually




all of the abundant taxa in the Lake Ontario flora either require, or are at




least tolerant of, eutrophic conditions.  Taken as a whole, the phytoplankton




assemblage of the lake is quite unique.   A number of the elements reported from




other large,  disturbed, lakes are present  in Lake Ontario but their relative




abundance and seasonal succession appears to be substantially different from




most cases reported in the literature.  The effect that this highly unusual




primary producer community has on higher trophic levels can only be speculated




upon at this time, but our observations would tend to indicate that, compared




to the upper Lakes, protozoans and rotifers are extremely abundant.
                                    -98-

-------
     Although the limited overlap in sampling does not furnish sufficient




basis for complete comparison, it is apparent that there were substantial




differences between June of 1972 and June of 1973 in terms of both the compos-




ition of the phytoplankton flora and the abundance of phytoplankton at compar-




able stations.  At this juncture, it appears that the relative instability of




the phytoplankton flora in Lake Ontario may present serious problems in data




interpretation and modeling activities.




     It perhaps should be stressed that the phytoplankton count data presented




here pertains only to near surface samples.  Although the depth transect




microscopic count data is not yet sufficiently developed to allow any general-




ization, inspection of the particle count data (Appendix A) indicates that there




are large vertical differences within the mixed water column.  The data do,




however, suggest the accumulation of particles within the epilimnion, and part-




icularly at the level of the thermocline, during sampling periods when thermal




stratification was present.
                                   -99-

-------
 Figure 1.  Distribution of total  phytoplankton abundance in near  surface waters of  Lake Ontario during May 1972
           cruise.  Area not sampled is indicated.
80
                                        LAKE   ONTARIO

-------
Figure 2.  Distribution of total phytoplankton abundance in near surface waters of Lake Ontario during June 1972
         cruise.
               June
                                  LAKE  ONTARIO
             move   (w 5(356
              cells/ml
                                        ce'
C* Us/ml
                                                             1000-
                      500-
cells/r*vf

    -Man  2.00

-------
Figure
      3.  Distribution of total phytoplankton abundance in near surface waters of Lake Ontario during July 1972
          cruise.
80
                  Ju y
                                     LAKE   ONTARIO

-------
   Figure 4.  Distribution of total phytoplankton abundance in near surface waters of Lake Ontario during August 1972
            cruise.
                     J
1          1
                                                   m
 80*
                                      LAKE   ONTARIO
o
LO
I
                j  -. A-,..'"-
                .';  >'' '•-  '
                Toronto
                           -5(300
                  cells/ml
                                           2000-5300
1000
 cell:

500-
                                                         200-
                                                          ce Us/ml
|€55
                                                                   2.00

-------
 Figure 5.  Distribution of total phytoplankton abundance in near surface waters of  Lake Ontario during October 1972
           cruise.
80'
                0 ct
                                       LAKE   ONTARIO
                                             ni _  «j«v_am »a^-i5m"~~
                                                                                                  200-
                                                                                                    cells/rwl

-------
Figure 6.  Distribution of total phytoplankton abundance  in near surface waters of Lake Ontario during November 1972
          cruise.  Area not sampled  is indicated.
                                       LAKE   ONTARIO

-------
Figure 7.  Distribution of total phytoplankton abundance in near surface waters of Lake Ontario during February 1973
          cruise.  Stations nor sampled are circled.
 UNSAftPLSTD  STATIONS
          CIRCLE />
                celts
                       m
IOOO-
200 -
                                                                                                jes-5

-------
Figure 8.  Distribution of  total phytoplankton abundance in near surface waters of Lake Ontario during March 1973
          cruise.  Stations not sampled are circled.
                                        LAKE   ONTARIO
                                          --u.gn...  (\&\ OrnV t 4? 15m
                                          t e1 rwm ->^ J"_^rt^jm^*^tf ^^rrr
                                                                                                                 2-°°

-------
 Figure 9. Distribution of total phytoplankton abundance in near surface waters of Lake Ontario during April 1973
          cruise.  Stations not sampled are circled.
so'
                            fl     TO
                                    LAKE   ONTARIO
                                                                                                      43'
  UNSAttPLCD  STATIONS
    ARF  CIRCLED
              may*.  -fi<\ri -5060
                cells/ml
5-00-
                          200-^
                                -Hian 2.00

-------
Figure 10.  Distribution of total phytoplankton abundance in near surface waters of Lake Ontario during June 1973
          cruise.  Stations not sampled are circled.
80"
                     une
(973
  LAKE  ONTARIO
             A
           D  STATIONS
    ARE  CIRCLE D
              move.     n 5300
               cells/ml
      2000-5QOO
       C£ I Is/ml
1000-
 cells/mi
200 -
                        |e55
                                                              2.00

-------
                  ANNUAL REPORT
EXPLORATION OF HALOGENATED AND RELATED HAZARDOUS

            CHEMICALS IN LAKE ONTARIO
               Grant Number 800608
         April 1, 1972 to March 31, 1973
        G. Fred L'ee and Clarence L. Haile
             Environmental Chemistry
         Department of Civil Engineering
              Texas A&M University
          College Station, Texas  77843

-------
1.  Project Objectives

    The early explorations of pesticides in the Great Lakes

with gas chromatographic techniques revealed that chlorinated

pesticides such as DDE are present in the fish from several

lakes at concentrations greater than those which, are

thought to be safe for higher organisms and man.  The use

of more sophisticated analytical instrumentation such as

mass spectrometry has led to the identification .of trace

amounts of many other potentially toxic organic chemicals,

ana the likelihood that the food resources of the Great

Lakes are being jeopardized by current industrial, municipal,

and agricultural practices is suggested.  Veith (1970)

confirmed the presence of chlorobiphenyls (PCBs) in Lake

Michigan fish at levels exceeding the action limit established

by the Food and Drug Administration.  Zabek (1970) found

pentachloronaphthalenes eluting simultaneously with DDE

from the gas chromatograph in the analysis of Great Lakes
    *This project is also conducted at the University of
     Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin.
                      -110-

-------
fish.  Stalling (1971) has reported the presence of phthalate

esters (industrial plasticizers) in several aquatic environ-

ments .

    In addition to these groups of chemicals, which are

commonly detected with routine analytical techniques, the

presence of still other toxic chemicals at levels below

normal detection limits have been confirmed with the gas

chromatograph/mass spectrometer after careful pre-column

concentration steps.  The chemicals generating the major

concern are the chlorodibenzo-p-dioxins which may be trace

contaminants in chlorophenol formulations (U.S. Senate,

1970) and the chlorodibenzofurans which may be trace con-

taminants or derived from PCB formulations (Vos and Koeman,

1970; Vos, Koeman ejt al. , 1970).  Both of these classes of

chemicals produce teratogenic effects at levels below orfe

microgram/gram.  Furthermore, these chemicals may be

responsible for many of the effects commonly attributed to

pesticides which mask the presence of the dioxins or furans

because of their greater relative concentrations.

    The objectives of this study are to:

    1.  collect fish, water, sediment, benthos, plankton,
        and Cladophora from four regions of Lake Ontario
        and to

    2.  isolate and identify the major and minor trace
        halogenated and related potential hazardous chemicals
        in the Lake Ontario ecosystem through the use of
        gas chromatography and gas chromatography/mass
        spectrometry.
                        -Ill-

-------
    This study will provide complete chemical characteri-



zation of trace contaminants in the Lake Ontario ecosystem



with special emphasis on the possible presence of hazardous



chemicals such as the chlorinateddibenzo-p-dioxins and



chlorinated dibenzofurans which have been detected in



industrial chemicals.  The results of this study will provide



baseline information concerning the major contaminants and



may serve as an early warning of hazardous chemicals



heretofore undetected by routine monitoring programs.



2.   Planned Operation Versus Actual Operation



    There has been no deviation from the original objectives



with the exception of a slightly expanded sampling program



in order to obtain more complete data from the lake system



and to gain information concerning halogenated organic inputs



for the lake.  Thus fish, water, sediment, and plankton



samples have been collected from more than four lake regions.



Also, fish and water sampling is planned for the major rivers



feeding Lake Ontario,



3.   Cost to Program Because of Study Deviations



    The expansion of our sampling program has not increased



the project costs since these samples were collected in



conjunction with the initially planned sampling.  The extrac-



tion, extract clean up, and analysis of these extra samples



has thus far not contributed appreciable cost nor consumed



significantly more than that for the originally projected
                       -112-

-------
sample load.  It is felt that this increased sampling program



will contribute much toward achieving the overall objectives



of the study without making excessive demands on manpower



or resources.



4.  Status of Program



    Sampling



    The major effort for this year's work was devoted to



sample collection, extraction, and extract clean up in



preparation for the gas chromatographic analysis to follow.



Fish, water, benthos, sediment, net plankton, and Cladophora



samples were collected from various areas of the lake but



the most extensive sampling was conducted in the near shore



waters off Rochester, Oswego, and Hamilton with lesser



sampling off Olcott, Cobourg, and at the extreme eastern



end of the lake.  Figure 1 shows the regions from which



these lake system samples were taken.



    Water samples were usually taken at I/2am and 10 m



depths in addition to 10 m above the sediment at each



station, Cladophora was gathered at 1-2 m depths, plankton



netted at depths ot 5 - 10 m, and fish were trawl netted



at 10 - 40 fathoms.  Sediment was sampled by dredging and



benthos was collected by an epibenthic sled.  All samples



were transported frozen or very cold to minimize decompo-



sition.
                         -113-

-------
                                                        FIGURE  I

                                                 LAKE ONTARIO SAMPLING
I
1-1
.t-
I
                                                         Reeonnoi»»once No.
                                                         Date
                                                         Ti me
                                                                KILOMETERS
                                                                                                      water
                                                                                                   O  fish
                                                                                                      sediment
                                                                                                   D  benthos
                                                                                                   •  plankton
                                                                                                   A  Cladophora

-------
    Sample Processing



    Water



    Each water sample was extracted at the collection site



by passage through a column of six polyurethane foam plugs



at a flow rate of 250 ml/man.  The plugs had been previously



exhaustively extracted with hexane-ethyl ether azeotrope to



remove contaminants before coating with a 1% solution of



silicone oil (DC-200) in hexane and then air dried.



Following the water extraction, the plugs were removed from



the column, the column rinsed -with acetone, and the plugs



again exhaustively extracted with hexane-ether (column



washings were added to the extract).  The extracts were



reduced to about 5 ml before placing on an 8 g column of



a florisil (Fisher F-100, 60 - 100 mesh, washed with hexane



and activated by heating to 650°C for 2 hr).  The samples



were eluded with 25 ml of 6% ether in hexane before changing



receivers and eluding with 50 ml 12% ether in hexane.  The



receiving flasks were changed again and. the columns stripped



with 50 ml ether.  All three fractions were reduced to 10 ml



and then diluted to 25 ml for storage (freezing) awaiting



later GC analysis.  In the first fraction are PCBs and many



chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, the second fraction



contains the phthalate esters, and the final fraction contains



those compounds more polar than the phthalate esters.
                       -115-

-------
    Fish




    The whole fish samples were extracted and the extracts



cleaned up by liquid chromatography after Veith (1970).



After grinding the frozen fish twice to homogenize the flesh,



six 10 g sub-samples of flesh were weighed out for each



specie collected from each sampling site.  Generally only



three species were taken at each site:  alewife, smelt,



and sculpin.  Each 10 g sample was thoroughly mixed with



70 g anhydrous sodium sulfate and placed in an all glass



thimble for extraction.  The sample was extracted (Soxhlet)



for at least 3 hours with 170 ml of a 1:1 ethyl ether-hexane



mixture (v/v).  The resulting extract was concentrated by



evaporation to about 10 ml before diluting to 20 ml with



hexane and removing a 2 ml aliquot for fat analysis (weight



of residue after evaporation at 150°C for 20 min).  The



remaining extract was placed on a 20 g column of florisil



topped with a little anhydrous sodium sulfate.  The sample



was eluded with 20 ml of 6% ether in hexane, the receiver



was changed before further elution was 200 ml of 12% ether



in hexane, and the receiving flask changed again before



final elution with 300 ml of 50% ether in hexane.  The first



fraction contains the PCBs and many chlorinated hydrocarbon



pesticides, the second holds the phthalate esters, and the



final fraction contains those compounds more polar than the



phthalate esters.
                          -116-

-------
    The pesticide fraction was concentrated and then diluted



to 50 ml before removing a 5 ml aliquot for preliminary GC



analysis of DDE (DDE is generally the most prominant peak



on the chromatogram).   The remainder of the pesticide



fraction was concentrated to less than 10 ml before placing



it on a 20 g column of silicic acid, partially deactivated



with 2.1% water.  Elution with 250 ml hexane and eludent



concentration to 25 ml produced the PCB fraction for GC



analysis.  Further elution with 200 ml of 3:1 dichloromethane-



hexane (v/v) and concentration to 25 ml produced the pesti-



cide fraction for GC analysis.



    Sediment



    Kept frozen or cold until processed, portions of the



samples were allowed to air dry at room temperature before



weighing out six 25 g sub-samples for analysis..  The 25 g



samples were thoroughly ground (mortar and pestle), mixed



with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and extracted in a large



Soxhlet extractor (glass thimble) with 170 ml 1:1 hexane-



ether for four hours.   The extracts were concentrated to about



10 ml before cleaning up by liquid chromatography o± florisil



and silicic acid utilizing the same procedures as for the



fish samples described above.



    Benthos



    Benthic fauna samples were also kept frozen or very



cold until processed.   After drying at room temperature,
                          -117-

-------
at least three 10 g sub-samples were weighed out for each



sample.  There was no attempt to segregate species.  These



sub-samples were then extracted and cleaned up according to



the procedures outlined above for sediment samples.



    Plankton



    The frozen plankton samples were allowed to air dry at



room temperature before transferring to tared centrifuge



tubes.  The samples were centrifuged at 2000 rpm for 25



minutes.  After rapidly decanting the supernatant into a



separatory funnel, 2 ml acetone was added to the tubes and



the samples allowed to air dry.  The tubes were weighed to



determine sample weight.  The water decanted from each tube



was extracted twice with 25 ml portions of hexane to



recover organics released from the cells.  About 35 ml of



tnese hexane extracts were added to the corresponding sample



tubes and the tubes shaken periodically over a 36 hour



period.  The extracts were then decanted and the extraction



process repeated with 35 ml portions of fresh hexane.  The



extracts were concentrated to about 5 ml before placing on



8 g florisil columns and cleaning up utilizing procedures



outlined above for water samples.



    Cladophora



    Cladophora samples from the south shore of Lake Ontario



were extracted and cleaned up as with the net plankton



samples with the exception that sample size was sufficient
                      -118-

-------
so that the samples could be subdivided.  The number of sub-



samples varied from three to six.



    Sample Analysis



    Areas of sample analysis completed thus far are fats



analysis and p,p'-DDE analysis on the lake fish samples.



The fat data was obtained from the residue weight after



drying an aliquot of crude whole fish extract at 150°C for



20 minutes.  Since p,p'-DDE is generally the largest peak



in the gas chromatogram, the fish samples were subjected



to initial screening for p,p'-DDE by GC.  A five foot coiled



glass column of 3% DC-200 coated on 80/100 Chromasorb W



was used in conjunction with the tritium foil electron



capture detector on a Varian Aerograph 1700 GC.  The column,



detector, and injector temperatures were 200°C, '210°C, and



225 C, respectively.  The carrier gas was purified nitrogen



at 41 pounds/square inch.  This preliminary screening not



only gives initial data input, but also provides a good



overview of sample composition in order to facilitate the



more complete analysis to follow.



    Progress has. been made in determining optimum gas



chromatographic columns and column conditions for the bulk



of the GC analyses to follow.  Several columns utilizing



liquid phases such as OV-1, DC-200, OV-17, and mixed liquid



phases such as OV-17/QF-1, DC-200/QF-1, and OV-l/QF-1



coated on 80/100 mesh Gas-Chrom Q, 100/120 mesh Gas-Chrom Q,
                        -119-

-------
or 10O/120 mesh Chromasorb G packed in 2 mm ID coiled glass



columns 5-7 feet in length were prepared and evaluated



using standard pesticide solutions, pesticide cocktail



solutions, and some Lake Ontario fish extracts.  Columns



showing high potential for separation with reasonable



retention times include those prepared with DC-200, OV-17,



OV-17/QF-1, and OV-l/QF-1.  Column temperatures of 160-'200°C



were utilized with carrier gas flows of 7 - 35 ml/min.



5.  Areas of Program Which Are Behind Schedule



    Although progress has been fairly smooth, it is felt



that our sample analysis should be at a 'Slightly more advanced



stage.  The primary reason for delay has been the absence



of Clarence L. Haile, graduate student working with the



project.  Mr. Haile was engaged in the service of the U.S.



Army for a 90 day period, necessitating his absence from



January 10 to April 16, 1973.  It is foreseen, however, that



this will cause no delay in the final project completion,



nor will it disallow the ±ull achievement of the project



objectives.



6.  Summary of Results to Date



    Since the major portion of this year's work has been



directed toward preparing for the bulk of the analyses, only



a small amount of data has been obtained.  Fats analysis



and preliminary p,p'-DDE data have been determined.  Table I



shows the resultant percentage of fats from the Lake Ontario



fish sampled.  These values are quite within the expected
                        -120-

-------
range.  Table II shows preliminary p,p'-DDE data for the

lake fish.  These values are also not unusual.  It should

be emphasized that these are preliminary DDE values and

were evolved in conjunction with extract screening to obtain

a broad overview of extract content.


                          TABLE I

                     FISH FAT CONTENT
                          (in %)
Location
Hamilton
Olcott*
Rochester
Mexico Bay
Galloo-Stony
Prince Edward
Point
*Three Spine _


Location
Hamilton
Olcott *
Rochester
Mexico Bay
Galloo-Stony
Prince Edward
Point

Smelt
4.85
2.99
4.12
	
5.95
6.71
Stikleback has 1.61%
TABLE II
p,p'-DDE IN
(ug/g)

Smelt
1.33
0.83
1.30
0.91
0.82
Species
Alewife
3.59
5.17
3.38
3.14
2.38
1.18
fats .

FISH
Species
Alewife
0.44
0.74
0.67
0.76
0.92
0.81

Sculpin
9.78
5.10
4.30
5.68
8.61
7.57




Sculpin
0.94
0.98
1.06
1.2QX_
0.57"
0.80
*Three Spine Stikleback had 0.71 ug/g DDE.
                       -121-

-------
                     LITERATURE CITED
Stalling, D.L.  Analysis of Organochlorine Residues in
     Fish, Presented at 2nd International Congress of
     Pesticide Chemistry, February 22-26, Tel Aviv, Isreal,
     (1971).

U.S. Senate.  Effects of 2,4,5-T on Man and the Environment,
     Hearing held on April 7 and 15, (1970).

Veith, G.D.  Environmental Chemistry of PCBs in the
     Milwaukee River, Ph.D. thesis (Water Chemistry)
     University of Wisconsin, Madison, 180 p., (1970).

Vos, J.G. and Koeman, J.H. Comparative Toxicologic Study
     with Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Chickens with
     Special Reference to Porphyia, Edema Formation, Liver
     Necrosis, and Tissue Residues, Toxicol. and Applied
     Pharmacology 17_, 656-668, (1970).

Vos, J.G., Koeman, J.H., von der Mass, M.C., ten Noever de
     Brauw and de Vos, R.H.  Identification and Toxicological
     Evaluation of Chlorinated Dibenzofuran and Chlorinated
     Naphthalene in two Commercial PCBs, Food and Cosmetics,
     Toxicol. £, 6^5-633, (1970).

Zabek, M.  Contribution at PCB Workshop, National Water
     Quality Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota, March, (1970).
                       -122-

-------
              Progress Report
       PHOSPHORUS UPTAKE AND RELEASE

     BY LAKE ONTARIO SEDIMENTS (IFYGL)
            Grant Number 800609
     D. E. Armstrong and R. F. Harris
               R. Bannerman
                 S. Halaka
University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin

-------
Project Objectives;




     1)  To determine the forms, amounts and mobility of phosphorus




     in sediment cores from Lake Ontario.




     2)  To determine the rate and extent of phosphorus movement in




     sediment cores as a function of sediment properties and environmental




     conditions.




     3)  To predict the release and uptake of phosphorus by Lake Ontario




     sediments as a function of sediment properties and conditions in




     the overlying water.








Research Approach;




     Sediment cores were obtained and sectioned to allow evaluation of




the characteristics of the surface sediments.  Measurements were made




of the forms and mobility of sediment phosphorus.  Intact cores were




transported to the laboratory for measurement of P release under controlled




conditions.  Subsequent sampling will emphasize separating interstitial




water in situ for subsequent phosphorus and iron determinations.
                                 -123-

-------
Sampling:


     Sediment cores (7 cm diameter) were obtained with a Benthos


gravity corer.  Cores were sectioned at 5 cm intervals and transported



to the lab for analysis.  Major emphasis was on the surface 5 cm layer,



but some measurements were made on subsurface layers.


     For the initial sampling trip (June 21, 1972), 10 sampling stations



were selected to allow comparison of the three major lake basins and the


postglacial mud and the glacio-lacustrine clays (Fig. 1).  Four cores were
                                                c

taken at each station to allow comparisons of station and interstation


variability.  General characteristics of these sediments were described



in Thomas et al. (1972).  Based on this classification, stations 83,


75, 92, 45, 32 and 10 were postglacial muds, stations 34 and 52 were


near-shore glacio-lacustrine clays, and station 62 was near a between-basin


sill of glacio-lacustrine clay.


     For the second sampling trip (November 6, 1972), station 30 (located


in near-shore silts according to the classification of Thomas et al., 1972)


and 60 of the inshore zone were selected in addition to those sampled in



June except station 32 and 96 (Fig. 1).  Cores were obtained at some



stations to provide intact cores for transport to the laboratory and


comparison of station and inter-station variability.  The surface 5 cm


layer of several cores was squeezed in situ to obtain interstitial water


for dissolved inorganic phosphorus determination.


     The third sampling trip (September to October, 1973) will emphasize


squeezing different core sections in situ and analyzing the interstitial


water for phosphorus and iron in the laboratory.
                                     -124-

-------
Measurements^


     Measurements of the forms and mobility of sediment P were made by


procedures described elsewhere (Sommers e£ al., 1970; Shukla et al.,


1971; Williams et al., 1971 a, 1971 b; Li jet al., 1972).  These measurements


included total P, total inorganic P, total organic P, sediment exchange-


able inorganic P, interstitial inorganic P, NH.C1-P, NaOH-P, CDB-P and


HC1-P and the P sorption and desorption characteristics of the sediments.


Inorganic P fractionation provides evidence on the chemical mobility of


sediment inorganic P (Syers 
-------
pressure-membrane apparatus will be used to obtain interstitial water on




board ship.
Results and Discussion;




    A brief discussion of results obtained from the first and second




sampling trips is presented.  Because data acquisition is incomplete,




only tentative interpretation will be made at this time.




    Amounts of total P, total inorganic P and total organic P varied




between stations for both trips (Tables 1 and 2).  Phosphorus values were




similar for the same station sampled on both trips.  The surface 5 cm




layer usually exhibited higher phosphorus values than subsurface layers




(Table 2).  Amounts of organic P were low especially in the inshore zone




stations.  The organic P increased in the 15 to 20 cm core section




(Table 2).




    Differences among stations were more apparent in the forms of




inorganic P present than in the amounts of total P or total inorganic or




organic P»  The inshore zone stations tended to contain small amounts




of NaOH-P and CDB-P but a high proportion of HC1-P (Tables 3 and 4).  The




basin stations contained similar proportions of NaOH-P and HC1-P and




small amounts of CDB-P.  Apparently, the proportion of immobile" P




(apatite, extracted by HC1) is high in the inshore zone, while the




basin muds contain a high proportion of potentially mobile Fe and Al-bound




P (NaOH-P).  The proportion of NaOH-P decreased with increasing depth




below the sediment surface for station 30.  This, along with the drop in




sediment water content below 5 cm at station 30  (Table 5), indicates




that the surface 5 cm layer was composed of sediments of substantially
                                    -126-

-------
different composition from the subsurface layers.




     Values of sediment exchangeable P were in agreement with the differences




in chemical mobility of inorganic P observed between stations based




on measurements of inorganic P forms.  The inshore stations contained




small amounts of exchangeable P relative to the basin stations (Table 6).




The basin sediments apparently contain a higher proportion of inorganic




P in a form available for interaction with the associated interstitial




water.  Station 62 exhibited- an exchangeable inorganic P level similar to




the inshore zone stations rather than 'the basin stations.




     Several factors suggest a possible difference in phosphorus forms




for station 62 from those in basin stations.  According to a map




presented by Thomas £t alL. (1972), station 62 lies close to the Scotch




Bonnet sill which is composed of glacio-lacustrine clay, while the major




basins are predominately postglacial muds (Thomas et_ al., 1972).  The sediment




water content at station 62 was lower than observed in most cases for




the basin stations (Table 5).  Furthermore, the proportion of NaOH-P




was lower at station 62 than for basin stations (Table 4).  The above




evidence suggests that station 62 sediment is different in composition




from the basin stations and is more closely related to the inshore zone




stations.




     Interstitial inorganic P values are currently under investigation




and a complete set of data cannot be presented.  However, initial data




indicate the interstitial inorganic P values to be higher than the dissolved




inorganic P values in the overlying water column.  This suggests a




potential exists, due to the concentration gradient, for release of




dissolved inorganic P to the overlying water.  Relatedly, a net transport
                             -127-

-------
of P from the water to the sediment likely occurs through deposition of




particulate P.




     The amount of dissolved inorganic P observed after equilibration of




suspensions of Lake Ontario sediments varied from station to station




and usually decreased with depth below the sediment surface (Table 7).




     Further investigation of inorganic P desorption is planned.  The




data obtained suggest that Ontario sediments contain sufficient loosely




bound inorganic P to maintain a dissolved inorganic P value higher than




that of the lake water.




     Sorption of added inorganic P was investigated to determine the




ability of sediments to remove inorganic P from water at concentrations




in the range of those expected for lake or interstitial waters.  In




most cases, the inshore zone sediments sorbed less added inorganic P




than the major basin sediments (Tables 8 and 9).  Station 30 was the




exception for the inshore zone and station 62 was the exception for the




major basins.  These stations have been discussed previously as possibly




differing in composition from their respective areas of the lake.  Little




change in sorption ability with depth below the sediment surface was




observed (Table 8).  At levels of inorganic P expected in the interstitial




water and bottom lake water, the major basin sediments sorbed most of




the added inorganic P.  However, the amounts remaining in solution were




in the range of soluble phosphate concentrations in the water column of




Lake Ontario (Shiomi and Chawla, 1970).




     Dissolved inorganic P released from intact cores incubated at 8° C




in an air or nitrogen system ranged up to 35 ug/1 after a 70-day period.




At present, insufficient information is available to estimate rates of
                               -128-

-------
release.

     The preliminary results obtained indicate that Lake Ontario sediments

contain varying amounts of"mobile and potentially mobile inorganic P,

and that a tendency exists for the release of dissolved inorganic P

from the sediment.  Major differences exist between the inshore zone

sediments and major basin sediments.  Subsequent research during the

remainder of 1973-74 will emphasize the investigation of the amounts of

mobile phosphorus in the sediment and the ability of the sediment to

maintain the existing levels of mobile phosphorus.  This data combined

with previous data will be used to estimate the potential impact of

Lake Ontario  sediments on the phosphorus status of the lake water.'
Literature Cited:
     1.  Reeburgh, W. S. 1967.  An Improved Interstitial Water Sampler.
         Limn. Oceanogr. 12; 163-165.

     2.  Shiomi, M. T. and V. K. Chawla. 1970.  Nutrients in Lake Ontario.
         Proc. 13th Conf. Great Lakes Res., 715-732.

     3.  Li, W. C., D. E. Armstrong, J. D. H. Williams, R. F. Harris, and
         J. K. Syers. 1972.  Rate and Extent of Inorganic Phosphate
         Exchange in Lake Sediments.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 36:
         279-285.

     4.  Shukla, S. S., J. K. Syers, J. D. H. Williams, D. E. Armstrong,
         and R. F. Harris.  1971.  Sorption of Inorganic Phosphorus
         by Lake Sediments. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 35: 244-249.

     5.  Sommers, L. E., R. F. Harris, J. D. H. Williams, D. E. Armstrong,
         and J. K. Syers.  1970.  Determination of Total Organic
         Phosphorus in Lake Sediments.  Limnol. Oceanogr. 15; 301-304.

     6.  Syers, J. K., R. F. Harris, and D. E. Armstrong.  1972.
         Phosphate Chemistry in Lake Sediments.  J_. Environ. Qual. _2
         (in press).
                                 -129-

-------
9.
Thomas, R. L., A. L. W. Kemp, and C. F. M. Lewis.  1972.
Distribution, Composition and Characteristics of the Surficial
Sediments of Lake Ontario.  J_. Sed. Petrology 42; 66-84.

Williams, J. D. H., J. K. Syers, R. F. Harris, and D. E. Armstrong.
1971 a.  Fractionation of Inorganic Phosphate in Calcareous
Lake Sediments.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 35; 250-255.

Williams, J. D. H., J. K. Syers, D. E. Armstrong and R. F. Harris.
1971 b.  Characterization of Inorganic Phosphate in Noncalcareous
Lake Sediments.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 35: 556-561.
                           -130-

-------
I

LO
M
                                R.
                                     Figure  1  (Thomas ejb _al. ,  1972)

-------
Table 1  Total P, Total Inorganic P, Total Organic P in Lake
         Ontario Core Samples from June 21, 1972 Sampling Trip
Sampling
Station
   52
   92
   83
   75
   32
   45
   10
   96
Sediment Phosphorus for 0 to 5 cm core Section

Total P    Total Inorganic P   Total Organic P
	 ug/g 	
 945
1146
1058
1013
1233
1442
1431
 982
   Inshore Zone

     891

 Rochester Basin

    1000
     (867
     872

Mississauga Basin

     995
    1176

   Niagara Basin

    1229

  Kingston Basin

     810
 54
146
191
141
239
266
201
172
                            -132-

-------
U)
I
     Table  2   Total  P,  Total  Inorganic  P and Total Organic P at Various Sediment Depths in

               Lake Ontario  Cores  from the November 6,  1972 Sampling Trip
Sampling
Station
0-51
34 955
30 888
60 548
92 1270
62 950
75 1163
45 1310
10 1448
Total P
5-10 10-15 15-20
890 900 1010
685 610 612
500 500 567
966
980
1103
1028
1108 1335 1182

0-5
940
790
548
1140
810
1050
1065
1218
Total Inorganic P
5-10 10-15 15-20
UCT AT
"3' J
Inshore Zone
890 900 885
675 600 550
500 500 522
Rochester Basin
860
945
1020
Mississauga Basin
833
Niagara Basin
935 1132 895
Total Organic
0-5
15
98
22
130
140
113
245
230
5-10 10-15
0 0
10 10
0 0
100
35
83
195
173 202
P
15-20
125
62
45




287
          Sediment depth in centimeters.

-------
Table 3   Ratio of P in NaOH, CDB and HCl Fraction to Total
          Inorganic P in Lake Ontario core Sample  from June 21,
          1972 Sampling Trip
Sampling
Station
34
52
83
92
75
45
32


NaOH/
2
4
30
33
46
60
53

Ratio of P Values for the
0 to 5 cm Sediment Layer
p.l CD%.
*1 *!
o/
Inshore Zone
6
5
Rochester Basin
17
14
6
Mississauqa Basin
15
14
Niagara Basin

HCl/
/Pi
91
90
48
41
42
31
42

     10                   48             10             32

                                 Kingston Basin

     96                   18             10             72
    PJ = Total inorganic phosphorus.
                             -134-

-------
Table 4   Ratio of P in NaOH, CDB and HCl Fraction to Total Inorganic P in Lake
          Ontario Core Samples from the November 6, 1972 Sampling Trip
Sampling
Station
30
60
34
62
92
75
45
10
Ratio
0-
NaOH
i
28
8
3
22
37
40
46
50
of
5 cm
CDB
Pi
16
6
6
18
15
17
19
19
P Values
at
Following Depths Below the Sediment
5-10 cm 10-15 cm 15-20
HCl NaOH
Pi P
53
81
85
57
36
29
20
22
i
10
4
2
15
30
50
45
51
CDB HCl NaOH CDB HCl NaOH CDB
Pi Pi Pi ?i Pi Pi Pi
/o
Inshore Zone
5 72 .8 6 82 67
2 95 2 4 91 24
6 86 2 5-97 2 8
Rochester Basin
18 65
15 50
11 32
Mississauga Basin
8 35
Niagara Basin
7 35 50 6 32 58 8
Surface
cm
HCl
Pi
88
95
88



39
V
P- — T^f-rsl T«O -rrt^n i f7 T3 Vi r-» c? l*i"h r\ v- n a

-------
Table 5   Sediment Water Content of Lake Ontario Cores from the
          November 6, 1972 Sampling Trip1
Sampling
Station
34
30
60
92
62
75

Water Content at Following
Depths Below the Sediment Surface
0-5 cm
52
50
25
56
58
76

5-10 cm
n/
/o
Inshore
50
30
24
Rochester
54
42
68
Mississauga
10-15 cm 15-20 cm
Zone
48 46
28 26
19 20
Basin



Basin
   45            77            71

                                Niagara Basin

   10            74            71             65            68
     % water = weight of water divided by weight of water +
     sediment.
                               -136-

-------
Table 6   Sediment Exchangeable Inorganic P in the 0 to 5 cm
          Sediment Layer of Lake Ontario Cores from the November
          6, 1972 Sampling Trip
S ampl ing
Station
34
30
60
31p
soln

2.4
0.45
1.05
Sed Exch 31
1 1 n / rr .
Inshore
13.3
9.0
20.3
P^
°/
Zone
1
1
4
Total Exch
n rr /n
uy/ y j
15.7
9.45
21.3
PI
2
1
4
                                  Rochester Basin

   62                4.1          29.0      4         33.1      4
   92                1.5         167.2     15        168.7     15
   75                1.2         193.3     18        194.5     18

                                 Mississauga Basin

   45"                0.88        139.6     13        140.4     13

                                   Niagara Basin

   10                1.2         193.9     16        195.1     16

   1 Sed Exch P^ is expressed as percent of inorganic P in sediment
     phase;  Total Exch P. is expressed as a percent of inorganic
     P in the sediment ana water phases.
                             -137-

-------
Table 7   Dissolved Inorganic P in a 4% Sediment Suspension of
          Lake Ontario Sediment After a 40 hour Equilibration in
          Distilled H2O
Sampling
Station
34
30
60
52
92
62
75

Dissolved Inorganic P Values for
4% Sediment Suspension of Following Core Sections
0-5 cm
101
243
55
107
135
172
393

5-10 cm 10-15 cm
LLT/1
Inshore Zone
78 42
41
33
73
Rochester Basin
59
179
255 201
Mississauga Basin
   45             920                    78

                                  Niagara Basin

   10             304                    72
                               -138-

-------
Table 8  Sorption of Added Inorganic P by Lake Ontario Sediments
         From First Sampling
Sampling
Station


34

52



92

32


Core
Section


0-5 cm
5-10 cm
0-5 cm
5-10 cm
10-15 cm

0-5 cm

0-5 cm
5-10 cm
10-15 cm
Added
P S orbed (%) for Added P
Level (ug of P per g)
2.5

80
83
73
93
95

100

100
100
100
25 250
Inshore Zone
80 48
7Z 41
60 24
78 50
85 57
Rochester Basin
98 82
Mississauga Basin
100 87
100 48
95 89
of
2500

20
25
17
37
31

52

57
46
52
     Sediment in 4% sediment suspensions where ug/liter = ug/g x 40
                              -139-

-------
Table 9   Sorption of Added Inorganic P by Lake Ontario Sediments
          from the 0 to 5 cm Core Sections of the November 6,
          1972 Sampling Trip1
Sampling
Station Added P
6.25
34 71
30 100
60 91
92 100
62 66
75 93
45 98
Sorbed (%) for Added P Level (ug/g) of
12.5 25
Inshore Zone
70 65
98
89
Rochester Basin
98
66
98 98
Niagara Basin
99
50
59
99
75
98
53
98
99
100

99
62
98
46

99
     Equilibrations performed with 4% sediment suspension where
ug/1 = 40 x ug/g.
                               -140-

-------
            MATHEMATICAL MODELING

                     OF

              EUTROPKICATION

                     OF

               LARGE LAKES
          (EPA Project No. R 800610)
           Annual Report - Year #1
       April 1, 1972 - March 31, 1973
              Robert V. Thomann
              Dominic M. DiToro
              Donald J. O'Connor
              Richard p. Winfield
                July 1973


Environmental Engineering and Science Program
     Manhattan College,  Bronx N.Y. 10471

-------
                             SUMMARY







     The major thrusts of the research effort during the



first year were to compile data prior to IFYGL and to develop



preliminary models of eutrophication of Lake Ontario.  Data



were obtained from a variety of sources including STORET/ and



CCIW, prepared for computer storage and have been displayed in a



variety of summaries to aid in the model building process.



     The preliminary models constructed during the first year



were three in number:  (1)  a spatially dependent model for a



conservative tracer  (2) a kinetic interactive model  (Lake 1) of



three mixed layers representing the epilimnion, hypolimnion and



benthos, and (3) a kinetic interactive model of seven vertical



layers, Lake 2.  Primary effort was devoted to analyses of



eutrophication phenomena using the Lake 1 model.  This model



contains ten interactive systems including phytoplankton and



four higher trophic levels and some major aspects of the nitrogen



and phosphorous cycles.



     The results to date indicate the importance of higher



order predation on phytoplankton populations at average



grazing rates  of 1.2 literu/mg carbon-day at 20 C.  Phytoplankton



settling velocity and the importance of vertical mixing has been



also investigated in detail. Using two zooplankton levels and



average sinking rates of 0.05 meters/day, a bimodal distribution



of phytoplankton during a year is obtained.  The results agree



reasonably well with observed chlorophyll a levels averaged



over the entire lake.  Phosphorous values are also in good
                       -141-

-------
agreement whereas nitrogen forms are only approximately in
agreement with observed data.
     Plans for the second year include expansion of the model
to include some horizontal spatial detail and additional
interactive variables.  A total of 1400 compartments is
envisioned for the expanded model.
                          -142-

-------
                         Table of Contents
SUMMARY









I.     Subject Review                                                     144




II.    Planned Operation Versus Actual Operation                          146




III.   Project Status                                                     149




IV.    Summary of Results                                                 149




        1.   Data Compilation                                              149




        2.   Preliminary Kinetic Model - Lake 1                            153




             a.   Variable Vertical Mixing                                 157




             b.   Variable phytoplankton settling velocity                 159




             c.   Comparison of Lake 1 model with observed data            165
                                 -143-

-------
          Mathematical Modeling of Eutropication



                      of Large Lakes









                      Annual Report



             April 1, 1972 - March 31, 1973
I.  Subject Review



     The purpose of this research is to structure a mathematical



mpdeling framework of the major features of eutrophication in



large lakes.  Lake Ontario/ the subject of intensive field



work as part of the International Field Year for  the Great Lakes



(IFYGL) is used as the problem setting.  The overall objectives of



the research  include 5



               a)  determination of. important interactions in



                   lake eutrophication



               b)  analysis of lake water quality and biological



                   responses to natural and man-made inputs



               c)  formation of a basis for estimating the direction



                   of change to be expected under remedial



                   environmental control actions
                        -144-

-------
     The problems of impairment of the quality of lake systems
are magnified for "large lakes", such as the Great Lakes.  The
size of these lakes is such as to preclude any immediate improve-
ment in quality after control actions are taken.  Further, it is
much more difficult to obtain reliable data on water quality,
biological structure and hydrodynamic circulation, again because
of the difficulty of sampling large lake systems.  Deep water
circulation may be known only in its broad outlines; indeed the
general circulation itself may not be adequately known in relation
to climatological and hydrological factors.  In the biological
area, measures of phytoplankton populations such as species com-
position are usually temporally and spatially dependent and may
change rapidly.  The degree of such spatial dependence especially
in the near-shore boundary layer is especially important since
water use interferences (municipal water supply, bathing, etc.)
as a result of excessive phytoplankton growth are often related to
near-shore uses.  Finally, in the physical, chemical and biochemical
area, complex forms of nutrients can exist again both temporally
and spatially.  Sediment chemistry, interaction with upper layers
and ''thermal bar" effects all play a role in describing the
ecosystem of large lakes.
                         -145-

-------
     The basic modeling structure consists of sets of
deterministic differential equations regresenting the biological
subsystem and chemical-biochemical subsystems.  The lake
hydrodynamics are externally supplied by other investigators
and previous work.  The interactions between the biological
and chemical subsystems are both linear and non-linear and
attempt to reflect the major effects of man made and natural
nutrient inputs.
II.  Overall Project Plan
     The research is planned to be carried out according to the
following tasks:
     a)  Data compilation and preliminary analysis for
         mathematic modeling  purposes
     b)  Formulation of major sub-model structures such as
              i  biological sub-model
              ii chemical-biochemical sub-model
     c)  Formulation of interactive models using components
         of  (b) above,
     d)  Sensitivity analysis of model interactions and
         components,
     e)  Verification analysis of sub-models and model
         structure
     f)  Simulation analysis of selected future environmental
         controls.
                           -146-

-------
     These steps are not necessarily to be carried out



sequentially since/ for example, verification analyses, formulation



and sensitivity analyses are really part of an iterative loop



in the construction of a mathematical model.



     The project during the first year has generally followed this



plan of operation.  As the first year 6f the project progressed,



a more detailed modeling strategy was developed and is



summarized in Figure 1.



     As shown, two parallel paths are being followed.  The first



part involves examination of the transport and dispersion structure



of Lake Ontario and the gathering of data on the lake georaorphology,



A conservative tracer model is used for this purpose with some



spatial detail provided by a forty segment model.  The second



modeling path simplifies the spatial dimensions to a horizontally



completely mixed lake with vertical layers.  The emphasis in



the latter models is on the development of preliminary



interaction kinetics between various components of each



of the sub-models.  These models therefore relate directly



to tasks b) and c) of the research plan outlined above.



     As indicated above, the project has essentially followed



the original research plan.  Therefore, there has not been any



significant deviation in the type of tasks originally laid out



although there has been an increased need for additional  com-



putational   effort in the second year of the study.  During the




period covered by  this annual report however, there was no



additional cost to the program  above that originally budgeted.
                          -147-

-------
                           SPATIAL  DEFINITION
              SYSTEM
            GEOMETRY
            PREPARATION
                                 Flow Tronsporl
    Depths,Surfocs Areo,Volume ._
              Dispersion ^
                                       Inputs ^
CHLORIDE MODEL
40 SEGMENTS
00
I
            TEMPORAL  8 KINETIC  DEFINITION
           Solar Rodlotion^
            Temperature
                  Flow
               Nutrients
  LAKE I  MODEL
3 VERTICAL LAYERS
                                        Ph'ytoplanMon 8 Zooplankton
                                        Dynamics
                         LAKE 2 MODEL
                      7 VERTICAL LAYERS
                                             SYNTHESIS OF  KINETIC Q  SPATIAL  MODELS
                 Temperature Verification Phytoplonkton,
                 Chemistry & Sediment Interaction*
                                                                      SYNTHESIZED
                                                                      SPATIAL-KINETIC
                                                                          MODEL
                                                                      70 SEGMENTS
                                                                       NON LINEAR
                                              COARSE GRID MODEL
                                              !400  COMPARTMENTS
                                                             I
                                                   5000      j
                                               COMPARTMENT  	»-
                                                   MODEL

                                                             I

                                              (FINE GRID MODEL)
                                                         FIGURE I
                                        EUTROPHICATION MODELING STRATEGY

-------
III.  Project Status  The three years planned for this project



are scheduled as follows:



     Year #1:.  During the first year, attention is to be



directed toward data compilation and first preliminary



analyses to provide the necessary information for the overall



modeling structure.



     Year # 2;  The second year will begin incorporation of major



sub-systems into the modeling framework.  Verification and



sensitivity analyses using previous data and IPYGL data will



be completed on preliminary models and will be applied using the



more detailed spatial models  (See Fig. 1).



     Year #3;  Final verification analyses of the larger



detailed spatial model will be completed during this year.



Simulations will be prepared of selected future environmental



controls.



     The project is essentially on target and the goals of Year



#1 have been completed as discussed more fully below in Sect. IV,



Summary of Results.  No areas of the project are behind



schedule at the present time.



IV. Summary of Results



     1.  Data Compilation



              A major effort during the first year was devoted



to the gathering and analyses of data collected on Lake



Ontario prior to IFYGL.
                         -149-

-------
IV.  Project Status  The three years planned for this project



are scheduled as follows:



     Year II;  During the first year, attention is to be



directed toward data compilation and first preliminary.



analyses to provide the necessary information for the overall



modeling structure.



     Year f2;  The second year will begin incorporation of major



sub-systems into the modeling framework.  Verification and



sensitivity analyses using previous data and IFYGL data will



be completed on preliminary models and will be applied using the



more detailed spatial models  (See Fig. 1}.



     Year 13:  Final verification analyses of the larger



detailed spatial model will be completed during this year.



Simulations will be prepared of selected future environmental



controls.



     The project is essentially on target and the goals of Year



#1 have been completed as discussed more fully below in Sect. IV,



Summary of Results.  No areas of the project are behind



schedule at the present time.



TV. Summary of Results



     1.  Data Compilation



              A major effort during the first year was devoted



to the gathering and analyses of data collected on Lake



Ontario prior to IFYGL.
                           -150-

-------
         The bulk of data used in the first year effort was



obtained primarily from three sources.



         1.  Limnological Data Reports, Lake Ontario, 1966-



             1969, Canada Centre for Inland Waters (CCIW).



         2.  STORET, Environmental Protection Agency.



         3.  Report to the International Joint Commission



             on the Pollution of Lake Ontario and the



             International Section of the St. Lawrence River;



             International Lake Erie Water Pollution Board



             and the International Lake Ontario - St. Lawrence



             River Water Pollution Board, 1969.



These sources were supplemented with other data available in



the literature.



         This data base after being surveyed to determine



completeness was used for model inputs and as data for



verification analyses.



         The Limnological Data Reports  (LDR) of CCIW comprise



the largest single source of Lake Ontario survey data



available.  CCIW's cruises not only had adequately dense



spatial grids but also comprised good temporal coverage for



the years surveyed.  It was therefore decided to use the data



contained in the LDR as a verification data base.  The CCIW



data were also manipulated to aid in the formulation of a



modeling framework.



         A display procedure showing the spatial variations



in Lake Ontario, using contours, for a given cruise and sampling



depth was tested.  A preliminary set of contours for a given



year and certain variables was generated for use in the first



year development of the model.  Contours will be used not



                           -151-

-------
only to give insight into where model grid detail will be



important but also as a means to facilitate data comprehension.



         Due to the magitude of data in the LDR, a reduction



mechanism had to be found which would make the data easily



compatible with model output to facilitate comparison.  Since a



segmentation  scheme was used which represented the lake as 3



or 7 vertically layered completely mixed volemes, temporal



plots of variabj.es were made.



         The program which generated the plots has the option



to retrieve selected stations of the cruises by testing the



depth of the station and thereby limiting a retreival to



near shore or main lake stations.  A further option     which



can be selected is that only samples collected between a



specified depth interval will be retreivedi,  Latitude - long-



itude constraints are also possible.



         After reviewing the years surveyed for completeness



of variables measured and time coverage of cruises, 1967,



1969 and some data for 1970 were chosen as the years for model



comparison.  Plots were generated for key variables using depth



intervals corresponding to the vertical segmentation of the



model.  Since the model  LAKE 1 considers the lake as 3



vertical layers, the main lake option was selected.  The



program plots all points against time and calculates the mean



and standard deviation for each time (i.e. cruise).



         The base data are then compared with model generated



data.  This comparison is facilitated by plotting model output



and overplotting the mean and mean plus standard deviation



for the base year, for the key variables versus time.





                            -152-

-------
         Storet, the Environmental Protection Agency's water
quality storage and retreival system is the prime residence of
all U.S. collected water quality data.  A water quality
inventory using a polygon retreival, was run for Lake Ontario.
This gave a summary of all historical data collected on Lake
Ontario.  A retreival was also run which listed all the data
and punch card output was also generated.  Storet's main
utility will be for IFYGL data and will also be used as a data
base for tributary nutrient concentration data and flow records,
and also as supplement to the LDR of CCIW.
         The report to the International Joint Commission
(IJC) on Lake Ontario is a comprehensive pollution study, giving
an excellent overview of the Lake.  The values reported were
used in the forty segment chloride model for chloride discharge
loading and in the development of a transport structure.  The
transport was structured by translating the velocity vectors
given for mean circulation patterns into intersegment flows.
         The vertically layered phytoplankton model used the
IJC's discharge loadings as nutrient forcing functions.  This
loading information, which is divided by source of discharge
is categorized under three headings; municipal, industrial and
tributory.  These loadings are used as boundary conditions and
forcing functions for the nutrient systems in the spatially
defined phytoplankton models.
         2.       Preliminary Kinetic Model - Lake 1
         As outlined in Fig. 1, the modeling strategy developed
for structuring the overall framework calls for preparation
of a preliminary model with emphasis on the interactive kinetics

                           -153-

-------
of major components of the eutrophication phenomena.  The



development of such a model was dictated by the recognized need



to maSe a number of computer runs to elucidate system sensitivity



and to compare model output to observed data. The kinetic model



of necessity will have a finite life as new systems are added



to the modeling structure and new insights are gained.



         The model has been designated as the Lake 1 model.  The



basic physical features included in the model are shown in



Fig. 2.  As shown, the model is well-mixed horizontally and



vertically is divided into the epilimnion, hypolimnion and
 o

benthos. Mixing in the vertical direction is allowed during



isothermal conditions and is restricted during the summer to



simulate vertical stratification.



         The sub-systems included in Lake 1 have evolved over



the past year from a basic seven system (variable) model to a



present configuration of ten systems shown in Fig. 3.  The Lake



1 model is divided into two broad areas, a biological sub-model



and a chemical-biochemical sub-model.  The interactions shown in



Fig. 3 are both linear and non-linear.  Detailed mathematical



expressions are written for each system and interaction.  The



ten systems and the three spatial segments shown in Fig 2



result in a total of 30 simultaneous non-linear differential



equations to be solved.



         If one defines a compartment as one dependent variable



at a particular spatial location, LAKE 1^ is considered as a



thirty compartment model.  A finite difference scheme is used
                            -154-

-------
         NUTRIENT INPUTS
             NIAGARA RIVER")
                TRIBUTARIES I :
                 MUNICIPAL [
          INDUSTRIAL WASTESJ
 ENVIRONMENTAL INPUTS
 fSOLAR RADIATION
-IWATER TEMPERATURE
 | LIGHT EXTINCTION
 ^SYSTEM PARAMETERS
             VERTICAL
             EXCHANGE
                               EPILIMNION
 -*• TRANSPORT
                             J	1
                             f      ^SETTLING

                              HYPOLIMNiON
                                 BENTHOS
                  ilirniiHIlin1
                               FIGURE 2
MAJOR  PHYSICAL  FEATURES INCLUDED IN  LAKE  I  MODEL
                               -155-

-------
I
t-1
Ul

I
UPPER TROPHIC
LEVEL *2
CARBON
J


UPPER TROPHIC
LEVEL #1
CARBON
1
;
>
CARNIVOROUS
ZOOPLANKTON
CARBON

j

HERBIVOROUS
ZOOPLANKTON
CARBON
i
i
1
I
PHYTOPLANKTON
CHLOROPHYLL








j NITROC
1
1
1
L ORGANIC . AMI
J NITROGEN " HfTl
1
1
!
L_

JEN CYCLE
rfONIA ^ NITRATE
SOGEN NITROGEN
j I


PHOSPHOROUS CYCLE "j
f '"' •'•' ' r -i ' '
^ ORGANIC
PHOSPHOROUS
t


1
. AVAILABLE
PHOSPHOROUS |
1


                                                                                        J
           BIOLOGICAL
           SUB-MODEL
CHEMICAL- BIOCHEMICAL
    SUB -MODEL
                                             FIGURE 3
                                 SYSTEMS  DIAGRAM-LAKE I MODEL

-------
to solve the equations using explicit time-space differencing.
For the LAKE 1 model, a time step of 0.5 days was used.  For
a one year simulation, the .central processing unit (CPU)  time
required for execution is about 7 seconds.  Total CPU time
required however is 30 seconds with additional overhead converted
to equivalent CPU time being 115 seconds.  The CPU time excluding
overhead is equal to about 1.4 milliseconds per compartment
step.  A number of runs have been made using the Lake 1 model
structure.  The purposes of these runs are to 1) test program
elements 2) study the behavior of the system and its sensitivity
to various system parameters and inputs and 3) prepare a
preliminary verification of the Lake 1 model using data collected
prior to IFYGL.  These early runs therefore represent a type
of "tuning" of the model using  pastdata preparatory to a more
independent verification of the IFYGL data.  The Lake 1 model
has been used to examine several areas including:
     1)  Variable levels of spring and fall vertical mixing
     2)  Settling velocities for phytoplankton.
     3)  Zooplankton grazing rate
     4)  Zooplankton and higher-order predation using up to
         four trophic levels
Some of the output from these areas is discussed below:
(a)  Variable Vertical Mixing
         Vertical mixing and dispersion are important
phenomena in the dynamics of phytoplankton population in lakes.
Fig. 4 shows the effect of vertical dispersion on chlorophyll a.
The runs include a sinking velocity of 0.05m/day.  A bimodal
                          -157-

-------
a.
o
a:
2
a
25

20

15-
i*
la  "A
a. -
a.
          No Mixing
                                        Mixing Regime (2)
                                        Mixing Regime(1)
                M
                                  r^    r    i     i     \     t
                               MJ    J     ASON


X

•a

IN
£

'o
•^
Z
O
DISPERSI
wi
^
O
i
LU



3.5-

30-
v« V



2.5-



2.0-

1.5-



0.5-





Cb)
\?)
• »
*.
* A
* •
• *
* «
* »
\ /
• •
* •
* *
* n
ft «
* *
* »
* •
• •
» k
• ,
P) \ /

* \ • /
• I */
\\ 1

\\ jf
' 1 ^
i i i j i j r i J _ i « _

•102









•^
o
i
CM
E
o








                     M
                         M
                                                         N
        FIGURE 4 EFFECT OF VERTICAL DISPERSION
                                    (a) PHYTOPLANKTON AS CHLOROPHYLL a
                                    (b) VERTICAL  DISPERSION REGIMES
                                 -158-

-------
distribution of phytoplankton occurs in all cases due to the



interaction of the two higher zooplankton levels used in these



runs.  As populations build up in the spring, the herbivorous



zooplankton increase.  This together with nutrient  depletion



decreases the phytoplankton population and at about the same



tinue, the carnivorous zooplankton prey on the next lowest



trophic level.  The phytoplankton can then increase again in



the late summer.



         As shown in Fig 4, the main effect of vertical mixing



is in the spring where populations increase more rapidly when no



mixing is allowed and reach a peak earlier.  With mixing, the



first peak is delayed and reduced  in magnitude.  The results



in the summer and early fall are generally comparable under the



different dispersion regimes although the timing of maximum and



minimum is changed.



     (b)  Variable Phytoplankton Settling Velocity



     A number of analyses using the Lake 1 model have been made



to examine the behavior of the phytoplankton population under



different settling velocities.  The literature has been reviewed



for typical ranges of phytoplankton settling velocity and it



subsequently became clear that many of the published values for



phytoplankton sinking in  quiescent water are much too high



to support growth.  This is due to the importance of other



factors such as  vertical dispersion and the interaction



between the sinking of phytoplankton and their physiological



state.   Phenomema such as the generation of gelatinous sheaths
                          -159-

-------
by phytoplankton have been shown to be of importance in settling.
Published values of the sinking velocity of phytoplankton range
from 0.07 - 18 meters/day.  In some instances, of course the
settling velocity is zero or negative as in the case of blue
green algae.  Some net deposition of phytoplankton must occur
in lakes, like Lake Ontario on the basis of examinations of
the sediments.  Accordingly, the model should include this
phenomenom and during this stage of the work, the settling
velocity has been treated as a parameter at two levels - 0.5,
0.05 meters/day in addition to the zero settling velocity case.
         Fig. 5 summarizes the results from several analyses
using differing sinking velocities.  For these runs, zooplankton
grazing was set at 0.06 1/mgcarbon-day-°C and no vertical mixing
was used.  At a velocity of O.5m/day phytoplankton populations
never exceed about 3yg chlor/1 and total zooplankton carbon
Fig. 5b) never exceeds about 0.08 mg  Carbon/1.  Both values are
considerably less than observed as shown later.  The reason for
the low levels is that under a settling velocity of 0.5m/day
(which for the 17 meter depth of the epilimnion represents a
"decay" coefficient of .03/day), the phytoplankton are not
retained in the upper layer long enough to undergo net growth.
As a consequence, zooplankton levels are also low and the nutrient
concentrations remain high and are not reflective of observed
nutrient depletion.  On the basis of runs like those shown in
Fig, 5, it was concluded that if a reasonable grazing coefficient
is used, net settling velocities for that model must be
substantially less than 0.5m/day.  Using a velocity of 0.05m/day,

                         -160-

-------
      30-
o.

g
3

O

<
0.
1
      20-



      15-
       5-



       0
                                                       PHYTOPLANKTON
                                                     SETTLING VELOCITY
                     M    ft
                          M
J  '  J  '  A
                                                      0-5 m/day


                                                      0.05 m/day
S  '  O  '   N    D
                                 (b)
o
m
_
a.
O
O
.15-



.10-



.05-



 0-



.15-
      .05-
                                               •HERBIVOROUS
                                                    2OOPLANKTON
                                               CARNIVOROUS
                                                    ZOOPLANKTON
                                                                    FOR
                                                                  >—CD
                                                                   ABOVE
                                            HERBIVOROUS
                                                ZOOPLANKTON

                                            CARNIVOROUS
                                                ZOOPLANKTON
                                                                    FOR
                                                                    (2>
                                                                  ABOVE
     J  '  F     MANl'j     J    ASO
                                                               N    D
         FIGURE 5  EFFFCT OF PHYTOPLANKTON SETTLING VELOCITY

                         a) PHYTOPLANKTON

                         b) ZOOPLANKTON
                                 -161-

-------
the behavior of the phytoplankton biomass is quite different as



shown in Fig, 5  (a).  Now, the lower trophic levels have a chance



to grow and a reasonable predator -prey relationship begins to



develop.  Curve \_ of Fig. 5  (a) exhibits the two peaks in



chlorophyll discussed above.  Zooplankton biomass carbon as



shown in Fig 5b for the lower settling velocity is greater than



0.1 rag carbon/1 and approaches 0.2 mg carbon/1.  These values



are closer to observed zooplankton carbon levels.  The sinking



velocity of phytoplankton also has an important effect on the



nutrient uptake as shown in Fig. 6 which is a plot of the



nitrate and orthophosphate concentrations calculated under



the two velocity conditions.  In addition, Fig.6 shows the



nitrogen and phosphorous limitation terms, i.e. the ratio of



total inorganic nitrogen to total inorganic nitrogen plus the



Michaelis or half-saturation constant for nitrogen and similarly



for available phosphorous.  The half-saturation constant for



nitrogen for these runs was set at K   = 25yg/l and for



phosphorous at K^  = lOyg/1.  It can be seen that nutrient



uptake and growth limitation is minimal for the case of sinking



velocity = 0.5m/day.  This is a result of the minimal



phytoplankton growth as shown in Fig, 5.  At the lower sinking



rate, however, nitrate uptake is increased and the computed



values approach but do not reach those that are observed.  As



indicated in the upper curves of Fig. 6, nitrogen does not



significantly limit growth.



         The lower curves representing the phosphorous dynamics



however do exhibit a limiting effect.  If attention is directed
                           -162-

-------
en
H
Z
                                    i     i
          NITROGEN  LIMITATION  -  N/KmnfN
1
 .5-1
                        (1)  (2)
       J  '  F  '   M '  Ar M  '  J  ""j   *  A n  S  '  O  '  N  '  D
            curve  1 - 0.05 m/day   settling velocity
            curve  2 - 0.50 m/day         > >
  1.0-


   .5-
         PHOSPHORUS  LIMITATION-
                  M  '  A
                           M'J  'J'A  'S'O'N'D
      EFFECT OF PHYTOPLANKTON SETTLING  VELOCITY ON  NUTRIENTS
                      AND  NUTRIENT LIMITATION
                            FIGURE  6
                           -163-

-------
to the phosphorous limitation term, it is seen that for both


settling velocity cases/ levels of phosphorous are such that


a limitation of .50 - 0.60 prevails during the early and later


parts of the year.  However, substantial differences occur in the


spring and late summer.  At day 135, a minimum value of 0.2^


is calculated indicating that phosphorous is acting as a


significant limiting factor  in the phytoplankton growth.  This


helps explain the decrease in phytoplankton biomass beginning


at day 120, (see Fig 5).  Two effects are occuring:  a)herbivorous


zooplankton are growing rapidly and b) phosphorous levels are


being depleted to below the half-saturation constant thereby


acting to reduce the growth rate.  It is interesting to note then


that a biomodal distribution in phytoplankton can be obtained


without a species differentiation.  The latter is often offered


as the explanation for the observed two peaks in the phytoplankton.


In order to accomplish this however, at least two trophic levels


must be included above the phytoplankton.  This permits a


higher order predation, e.g. carnivorous zooplankton which


reduces the lower zooplankton level.  The reduction (as shown at


day 210 of Fig 5b, for the lower settling velocity) permits


phytoplankton to grow again in late summer.


         The sequence of events just described, and the


display of the calculations in Figs 4 - 6 is not put forth as


any definitive explanation of the  "true" course of events.  Much


work remains to be done on the model; the results are simply

                                    ©
presented to show the behavior of  the system and to offer


possible effects that may be important.  The veracity of even
                          -164-

-------
tiie preliminary model depends to some degree on the comparison
of model output with observed data.
     (c)  Comparison of Lake 1 model with Observed Data
     Figs 7 and 8 show observed data for the main lake stations
for phytoplankton chlorophyll a and zooplankton carbon.  As seen,
chlorophyll a levels are generally less than Spg/l during the
winter and early spring and the increase to 5 - 10yg/l during the
late spring.  There is some indication of a summer minimum
especially in 1967 and 1969.  During the late summer and early
fall, chlorophyll levels again increase to slightly greater than
5ug/l.
     The 1967 data are an exception to the general level of
chlorophyll a of 5ug/l.  As shown in Fig. 7, a spring average
concentration of about 20yg/l  is reported for the main lake
stations.  This order of concentration for the entire lake has
not since been reported and is considered, for purposes of
preliminary model verification, to be an anomalous situation.
     The zooplankton carbon ranges shown in Fig. 7-were obtained
from published sources and represent only approximately the lake
wide situation.  The important point from a modeling point of
view is that zooplankton carbon of greater than O.lmg/1 should be
calculated by the preliminary model.  (See for example, Fig. 5b).
     Figs 9 and 10 show comparison of model output with observed
chlorophyll a range, total Kjeldahl nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen
and reactive phosphate.
     The model structure used in the output shown in Figs 9 and
10 includes the following:
                            -165-

-------
J8 30-
1 25-
^^ fit w
|
< en
O
H
z 10-
<
^ J
a.
o 5_

0.

w

o



Mi

-


n
—
o- Nicholson Data ISO/
IJC Report
X-FWPCA 1965
"^T" • Monthly Averages and
Ranges - UC Report
JQ^CCIW- Means ± Standard
o ' Deviation
JL*
: "T
: :
m 2 • ^^^
* 4flT* 1
^ •l«M ^SJ_ AA.
y# ^^^ •^•"^H'^" MfM ®F
wS fr 1 J^j II J^^^
Z|!-^3Ci .i. o -j*
o*-
              M
                         A  '  M  '  J  '  J  '  A  '  S  •  O  '   N  '  D
.6-
.5-
2
O

K:_


cu o>
O E
O
M
 o
-3
.2-
.1-
                      APPROXIMATE RANGE AND LAKE WIDE
                      AVERAGE OF ZOOPLANKTON CARBON
                                   1967 _
                      J£cladocerans      { copepods
              M'A'M'J'T'A'S'O'N^D*
    FIGURE 7   PHYTCPLANKTuN CHJLOROPHYLLa , 1965,1987  & ZOOPLANKTON
              CARBON - LAKE WIDE AVERAGES
                           -166-

-------
     35-
o.
O
t£.

2
2
a.
30-





25-





20-





15-





10-





 5-
              i     r     i

           J     F     M    A
                           M
                                                             N    O
a.
O
ce:

s
I
o
     30-
25-
20-
                                      (b)

 _
 a.
 O

 >-
 X
 D.
     15-
     10-
 5-
                     M
                              i      i
                           M     J    J
                                                                 N
          FIGURE 8 PHYTOPLANKTON CHLOROPHYLLa FOR SOME MAIN LAKE STATIONS

                     a) I969

                     b) I970
                                  -167-

-------
a.
o
O ^
t- O)
* a.
Q.

O
0.
                                                  1967 Spring Peak
1967,69,70

Approximate
Data Range
                                                                  N
           FIGURE 9  COMPARISON OF MODEL OUTPUT WITH RANGE OF

                    OBSERVED CHLOROPHYLLa DATA
                                    -168-

-------
01
O
o
a:
x
LU


2
tu
O
O
a
                3X>   60
                    90    120   150   180   210   240  270   300   330   360
UJ
a.   a>
LU
a
       .025"
.020-
       .015-
       .010
       .0.05-1
              JFMAMJJASOND

           COMPARISON  OF MODEL OUTPUT WITH  OBSERVED  NUTRIENT DATA

                               FOR  1967- MAIN LAKE

                                    FIGURE 10
                                    -169-

-------
          1)  Mixing regime  (2) of Fig 4(b)



          2)  Two zooplankton levels - grazing coeffecient of



              each = .06 1/mgCarb - day - °C



          3)  Settling velocity for phytoplankton = 0.05m/day



          4}  Half-saturation constant for total inorganic



              nitrogen = 25ng Nit./I



          5}  Half-saturation constant for phosphorous = lOug p/1



     In general, the preliminary verification is quite good and



reproduces some of the major features of phytoplankton dynamics



and nutrient uptake.  In all cases, the order of magnitude is



reproduced and the dynamics are approximately correct although



there are several areas that warrant more detailed work.  For



example, the nitrate nitrogen is not depleted in the model as



much as is observed.  This is attributed to the coarseness of



the preliminary model with its single volume representation of the



epilimnion.  The observed nitrate data shown in Fig. 10 are



for the surface of the lake while the model output represents an



average over the top 17 meters.



    -The 1967 high values of chlorophyll are not duplicated by



the model.  Indeed, the model indicates that a very substantial



nutrient input  would be required to grow up to 20yg/l



chlorophyll over the entire lake.



     Overall, the results are encouraging although it should be



recalled that the model does not yet exhibit any horizontal



detail.  Further, it should be stressed again, that the model as



presently constituted is not considered to be a definitive
                            -170-

-------
explanation of the observed data.  The model does indicate
however, that some major features of phytoplankton and nutrient
behavior can be reproduced and the model therefore . provides a
basis for extension to the more detailed spatial computation.
                          -171-

-------
              GRANT NUMBER 800646
           A NEAR SHORE SURVEY OF
            EASTERN LAKE ONTARIO

                   PART I
       Under Grant Agreement R-800646

                    from

United States Environmental Protection Agency

                     by

              Richard B. Moore
    Lake Ontario Environmental Laboratory
        State University of New York
         College of Arts and Science
                  at Oswego
                November 1973

-------
      Near Shore Study of Eastern Lake Ontario (IFYGL)





INTRODUCTION



     The Great Lakes System is truly one of nature's wonders



which contain an estimated 20 percent of the world's fresh



water sjupply.  Thirty-five million people live within the drain-



age basin of the Great Lakes--St. Lawrence River System with



this number rising to forty-four million by 1980.  Intensive



use for multiple purposes of this water system has resulted in



controversy and increasingly difficult management problems.



     Information is needed to serve as the basis of rational



management decisions to solve the problems of eutrophication,



multiple use and crossing of international boundaries.  An effort



to gather this information resulted from the International Year



for the Great Lakes (IFYGL), a joint study of Lake Ontario by the



United States and Dominion of Canada.



     The primary objective of the IFYGL was to investigate a



number of problems associated with hydrology, meteorology, physical



limnology, biology, chemistry and geology of Lake Ontario and its



drainage basin.



     The following is an initial report summarizing chemical and



biological studies of Eastern Lake Ontario.





REASONS FOR PROJECT



     Most substances enter Lake Ontario from rivers and surface



runoff.  The major effects of these substances is first seen in



the near shore waters.  Such physical parameters as currents and



the thermal bar tend to trap and retain these materials within




                           -172-

-------
these near shore areas.  Effectively, then, the near shore



region remains separate from the rest of the lake .and has



chemical and biological parameters which are distinctly differ-



ent from the remainder of the lake.



     The southern shore of Lake Ontario includes the outflows



from two large polluted rivers and from a number of smaller



streams.  There are several estuaries, some of which are highly



eutrophic.  Two conventional and two thermonuclear power plants



release heated effluents into the study area   Many more are



planned.  All of these inputs influence the biology and chemis-



try of the lake and, in turn, the uses of the lake.



     Many cities and towns along the southern shore obtain their



water from the lake.  Even inland cities, such as Syracuse, New



York, use the lake as a source of water.  This study has provided



data for use in evaluating the areas from which present supplies



are obtained and for use in locating possible sites for future



supplies.



     Most of the recreational activities on the lake occur in the



near shore region.  Here the results of increased nutrient input



and pollution in general are most easily seen.  Beaches become



clogged with Cladophora.  Large mats of this alga tend to float



throughout the near shore waters usually at a time when this



region is most intensely used for recreation.  Most sports also



place within the near shore zone.  Biological, chemical and physi-



cal parameters within this area directly affect fishing patterns



and the amount and species of fish present.
                          -173-

-------
     A hydrographic survey of the type reported here provides



baseline data from which future changes in the lake can be measured,



The survey also •"Dints up areas which require more detailed study.



N«w areas of enrichment, whether chemical or thermal change, can



be evaluated in terms of the reference conditions found.



     The results of this study also provides input for the formu-



lation of lake models.  Since most of the physical, chemical and



biological activity occurs first in the near shore waters, the



information provided by this study is essential to any proposed



modeling of lake processes.





                     PROGRAM OBJECTIVES



1.  To obtain information on present status of Lake Ontario



    throughout the near shore region.  TMs can be used as a



    baseline for future informational requirements and to



    provide input for the information of predictive models of



    lake processes.



2.  To determine the flow of nutrients into, within and out of



    the near shore including movements within the biological



    system.



3.  To ascertain the space-time distribution and identification



    of zooplankton, phytoplankton and benthos populations within



    the eastern near shore area.



4.  To examine the extent of Cladophora growth throughout the



    eastern near shore region and to determine its growth patterns



    and to attempt to find means by which this problem alga can be



    controlled.
                         -17A-

-------
5.  To determine the distribution.of polychlorinated biophenyls



    (PCB's) and chlorinated pesticides in water, s.ediment and



    organisms.





AREA OF STUDY



     The region of study was the southeastern portion of the



near shore zone of Lake Ontario comprised of 140 km of shorline



extending from Rochester, New York, to Stony Point on the east



(Figure 1).  A total of fifteen sampling transects consisting of



three stations  each were established at ten meter intervals



along the coast (Figure 2).  The stations along each transect



were normal to  the coast line and located at 0.5, 4.0 and 8.0



Km from shore.   These stations were located during each cruise



with the aid of a Decca Navigational System.  Decca coordinates



were determined from Decca charts specially prepared for IFYGL.



Latitude and longitude i-rere also determined for each station



from these charts.  Table 14 Appendix 1, lists station number,



latitude and longitude, Decca coordinates and depth of water in



meters.



     Intensive sampling of the Oswego River and Black River mouths



was accomplished to determine the chemical and biological impact



of these rivers on contigrous parts of the lake.  There were



twenty sampling stations on the Oswego River (Figure 4) and



fifteen stations on the Black River.



     A total of ten cruises were completed in the period of April



through December, 1972.  The first cruise was not implemented until



June 1972 because of late funding and subsequent delays in delivery



of equipment.  Each cruise consisted of 45 stations on the eastern



end of Lake Ontario as prescribed in the operation plan.





                           -175-

-------
     Samples collected on each cruise consisted of water,

chlorophyll, zooplankton, and phytoplankton.  Specific samples

collected seasonally were benthos, pesticides, Cladophora, and

sediments for various chemical analyses.  In all, over 6,000

samples of all types were collected and preserved for analysis.

Listed below is a breakdown of sample numbers by type.




     Samples Collected on Eastern Near Shore Program


Water Samples

     Heavy Metals Analysis                                666
     Dissolved Nutrients                                  720
     Total Nutrients                                      912
Chloronhyll Analyses                                      711
Phytoplankton Quantitation                                551
     (Lugols Treated)
Zooplankton Quantitation                                 1094
Benthos,                                                  272
Sediment" Chemistry
     Pesticides
     Heavy Metals                                          59
     Nutrients                                            402
Phytoplankton Biomass
     Pesticide Chemistry and
       Pr.B Quantitation                                   500
     (water, sediment, plankton,
       fish)
Cladophora Biomass                                        120

                                               TOTAL     6007
                          -176-

-------
METHODS AND MATERIALS


       Methods of Sample Collection and Analyses
  for the Eastern Near Shore Survey of Lake Ontario (IFYGL)


     The eastern near shore survey of Lake Ontario consisted

of fifteen transects with three stations per transect for a

total of forty-five stations,  Each station required the collec-

tion, initial analysis and preservation of water samples, and

the collection and preservation of ohytoplankton and zooplankton.

Light and temperature readings were also required at each station.

     Periodically throughout the field year, benthic and sediment

samples for nutrient analysis were taken as well as water and

s§d.iment samples for pesticide studies.

                        WATER SAMPLES

     The water samples were collected at every station from three

depths; surface, mid-depth, and bottom.  The samples were collec-

ted using 8.1 liter Van Dorn water samplers suspended simultaneously

at the prescribed depths on a vinyl coated cable.  Since the water

was analyzed for heavy metals, PVC sample bottles were used.  When

the water samples were brought aboard, dissolved oxygen content

was immediately determined.  The Winkler Method was used as per

Standard Methods for Water and Wastewater Treatment (13th Edition).

The results were reported in milligrams per liter.

     Total alkalinity was also determined shipboard.  One thousand

mis of sample water was titrated with .020 N ^304 using 5 drops of

methyl orange as an indicator.  The samples were titrated to a color

of salmon pink against a standard made up of 100 mis of deionized

waiter and 5 drops of methyl orange.  The burett reading was multi-

plied by 10 to give the total alkalinity reported as milligrams per

                           -177-

-------
liter as calcium carbonate.



     The pH of the sample water was determined using a Photo*



volt model 126A pH meter.



     The light transmission of the waters at each station was



recorded using a tsuruml Seike Submarine photometer.  The instru-



ment is equipped with both deck and submarine photocells so a



deck illumination reading and submarine illumination readings were



taken.  Submarine readings were taken at 0.2 meters, 1 meter and



at one meter intervals to the depth where there was zero light



penetration.  Light intensity in lux was determined from standard



curves.



     The temperature  of  the water was taken at the surface and at



one meter intervals down to the bottom.  A Whitney model TC-5C



thermister was used.  The temperatures were reported in degrees



centigrade.



     Besides the preliminary analysis of the water, samples were



also sent to EPA Rochester Field Station for further analyses.



Liter plastic sample bottles were throughly washed then rinsed



twice with a solution of one part concentrated nitric acid and one



part water.  The bottles were then rinsed twoce with deionized



water.  The bottles were filled with sample unfiltered water and



treated with 2.5 ml concentrated nitric acid and 2.5 mis concen-



trated redistilled hydro chloric acid.  Five hundred mis of the



sample water was placed untreated in a plastic bottle and frozen



immediately.  Another five hundred ml sample was first filtered



through a millipore apparatus using a filter with a 45 micron pore



size.  The water was then transferred to plastic sample bottles



and frozen at -20°C.
                              -178-

-------
     Another 2 liters of the sample water was drawn and used for
chlorophyll analysis.  The water was drawn through a 47 mm glass
fibre millipore filter and discarded.  The filter was wrapped in
aluminum foil and frozen.  Chlorophyll samples were collected at
the same depths before mentioned.
                         ZOOPLANKTON
     As part of the procedure  at-each station, zooplankton
samples were taken.  The samples were secured using a 1.5 mesh.
Plankton tows were drawn from 5 meter intervals up to 30 meters
in depth, then every 10 meters down to SO meters and from the bottom.
If the bottom was over 100 meters in depth, then an additional
tow was made from 70 meters.  The plankton in the net was washed
into the cup by spraying the net with lake water from a hose from
the outside of the net as to avoid contamination of the samples.
The samples wer^ then transferred to 250 ml plastic bottles.  The
zooplankters were narcotized with carbonated water for ten minutes
and preserved with formalin buffered with sodium acetate to pH 8.
                        PHYTOPLANKTON
     Quantitative samples of phytoplankton were taken at every
5 meters and bottom at near shore stations and every 15 meters and
bottom at mid and outer stations.  2 liters of the water was con-
centrated by pouring it through a NO. 25 mesh plankton cup.  The
contents of the cup was then transferred to a 250 ml sample bottle.
The plankton cup was rinsed three times with deionized water and
the rinsing also poured into the sample bottle to assure the
quantitative transfer of the organisms.  The samples were preserved
with a Lugols solution.
                              -179-

-------
                    PHYTOPLANKTON BIOMASS



     Biomass samples were taken at each station.  -These samples



consisted of two verticle tows, using a 1.5 meter No. 25 mesh



plankton net, from the bottom.  The contents of each tow was



transferred to a separate sample bottle and frozen immediately.



                BENTHIC AND SEDIMENT SAMPLES



     Benthic and sediment samples were collected using a .05 sq



meter ponar dredge.  Three replicate samples were taken at each



station, each sample being washed through a #20 mesh screen.  The



samples were preserved separately with a 10% rormalin solution.



For the sediment samples, mud was packed in mason jars and cooled



to 5°C.



                     CLADOPHORA BIOMASS



     Cladophora samples were taken at 3 times during the field



year.  The samples were secured by divers using scuba.  A Plexi-



glass box was placed and the substrate covering in area of 1000



square centimeters.  All of the Cladophora in that area was re-



moved, packed in jar1: and chilled for transportation to the on



shore lab where they were frozen at -20°C until analysis.



     Temperature measurements, transparency, pH, alkalintiy and



dissolved oxygen values were also taken at each Cladophora



station.  The temperature was recorded for every meter in depth



using the Whitney Thermister.  The transparency of the water was



arrived at by using a Sechi Disk.  The pH, alkalinity and dissolved



oxygen were all taken the same way as previously described.
                             -180-

-------
LABORATORY METHODS



                    Chlorophyll Analysis



     Frozen filters were trimmed and ground in a glass mortar



with a teflon pestle.  The sample was extracted with 901 acetone in



water overnight.  All extractions were performed in total darkness.



     The extract was centrifuged at 3000 rpm for ten minutes.



The supernatant was decanted into spectrophotometer cells and



the absorbance determined at 750, 663, 645, and 630 mu.



     Pheophytin A was determined after acidification of the sample



with 10% HCL.



     Concentrations of chlorophylls and pheophytin were deter-



mined by the SCOR/UNESCO equations and method of Lorenzen,



respectively.



                           BENTHOS



     Triplicate samples from each station were washed in the



laboratory to remove silt, and all organisms were sorted by hand.



Each organism was mounted on microscope slide and identified to



species whenever possible.



     In addition to species identification and enumeration,



length of each organism was recorded to the nearest 0.5 mm.



Observations of sexual maturity and instar stages were also



recorded.



     Type specimens of each new organism were preserved for



future reference,  Type collections were augmented with photo-



micrographs.  A particular effort was made to document photo-



graphically all species which were mounted on slides.
                           -181-

-------
                  PHYTOPLANKTON ENUMERATION



     Samples preserved in Lugol's solution -were left undisturbed



for 24 hours.  This allowed sufficient time for the phytoplankton



to settle to the bottom of the container.  All preservative in



excess of 50 ml was removed with a pipette.  The sample was



rinsed from the bottle into a 100 ml graduated cylinder.  The



sample was allowed to settle overnight again and the volume re-



duced to 18 ml with a pipette.  The sample was stored in a 20 ml



vial until counted.



     After mixing the contents of the vial, a subsample was trans-



ferred to a Sedgeqick-Rafter counting chamber with a volume of



1 CC.  Th° contents of the counting chamber were allowed to settle



for 15 minutes and counted.  Thirty fields, 10 on each of three



counting chambers, were counted.  A magnification of 100X was used



for- all work.



     Identification was made to species whenever possible.  Photo-



micrographs of all species were made for documentation purposes.



After counting all, samples were saved for future reference and



possible exchange of samples with other laboratories.
                          -182-

-------
           ORGANIC NITROGEN - REVISED ORION PROCEDURE
General Procedure:

1.  Sample - use 500 ml of unfiltered water or 1 g.  of dried, ground
             sediment dissolved in 500 ml double distilled water
             (ammonia free).   Place in 1 liter wide-mouth Erlenmeyer
             flask.

2.  Ammonia removal - add 15  ml of phosphate buffer, and boiling chips.
                      Boil at moderate temperature until slightly less
                      than 200 ml remains.  Let cool.  Add SO ml of
                      digestion reagent.

3.  Digestion - boil sample as rapidly and as hotly as possibly; at
                least 340°C.   Yellow-white fumes of S03 should be
                given off.  Continue to boil until less than 200 ml
                is left.

4.  Preparation - transfer sample to graduated cylinder.  Make volume
                  up to 200 ml with double distilled water.  Take a
                  50 ml aliquot, add 40 ml double distilled water.
                  Add 10 ml alkaline reagent.  Check pH with meter,
                  should be greater than 11.5.  If sediment samples
                  are cloudly at this point, filter through glass
                  fiber filter in Millipore apparatus.

5.  Determination - Place sample in 150 ml beaker and stir with magnetic
                    stirrer.   Read ABS millivolts using ammonia specific
                    probe.  Determine mg of ammonia from standard curve
                    prepared from known concentrations.

6.  Notes - Let sample run until the millivolt reading has stabilized.
            At low 'concentrations this could take S-10 minutes.  Keep
            the probe in a beaker of double distilled water between
            readings and wash and dry membrane- carefully after each
            reading.  Store probe in 0.1M NH.C1 solution overnight or
            for longer periods.
                          -183-

-------
                      Total Phosphorus (Stannous Chloride Method)


1.   Apparatus:  (to run 6 samples and a blank)

         (a) Seven 250 ml beakers
         (b) Seven 250 ml graduated separatory funnels
         (c) Seven 50  ml volumetric flasks
         (d) Pipets:
                    1. Seven 25 ml
                    2. Two 5 ml
                    3. One 1 ml
                    4. One 'hiedicine dropper" type
         (c) Graduated cylinder, 50 ml
         (f) Two 50 ml burets, buret clamp and stand
         (g) Two hot plates (four beakers to each plate)
         (h) Safety aspirator for pipeting
         (i) Spectrophotometer, set at 625 nm, with either JL cm
             cuvettes for 1.0 - 0.05 ppm or 5 cm for 0.1 - 0.002
             ppm ranges.

2.   Reagents:

         (a) Cone. HC1 and cone. HN03
         (b) 3.6N H2S04: carefully add 100 ml cone. H2S04 to 1 liter
                         of distilled water.
         (c) Phenophthalein indicator solution
         (d) 4.ON NaOH:  dissolve 156 g. NaOH in 1 liter dis. water.
         (e) 0.2N l^SO.: Add 5.55 ml cone, acid to 1 liter water.
         (f) Benzene-isobutanol solvent: Mix equal volumes of benzene
                         and isobutyl alcohol.
         (g) Ammonium molybdate reagent  (I): Dissolve 25 gm. of
                          (NH4)6M07024'4H20 in 175 ml dist. water.
                         Cautiously add  280 ml cone. H2S04 to 400 ml
                         dist. water. Cool, add the molybdate sol'n,
                         dilute to 1 liter.
         (h) Ammonium molybdate reagent  (II): Dissolve 40.1 gm of
                          (NH4)5Mo7024'4H20 in about 500 ml dist. water.
                      &  Slowly add 396 ml of reagent (I). Cool, dilute
                         to one liter.
         (i) Alcoholic sulfuric acid solution: Cautiously add 20 ml
                         cone. H2S04 to  980 ml methyl alcohol, mixing
                         continuously.
         (j) Stannous chloride reagent  (I): Dissolve 2.5 g SnCl2'2H20
                         in 100 ml glycerol. Heat and stir to hasten
                         solution.
         (k) Stannous chloride solution  (II): Mix 8 ml SnCl2 solution
                          (I) with 50 ml  glycerol.
                             -184-

-------
3.   Procedure:

          (a)  Place 100 ml of sample into 250 ml beaker.  Add 3 ml
              cone. HC1 and 0.5 ml cone.  HNC>3 to each sample.  Run
              a control sample with each  batch using 100  ml of
              distilled water.
          (b)  Place samples on hot plates and evaporate to about
              30 ml.  Do NOT let the beakers go dry!  Add 4 ml of
              3.6N sulfuric acid and evaporate to about 3-5 ml,
              when the nitric acid begins to fume.  Do not let the
              samples go to dryness. Cool, dilute with about 20 ml
              distilled water.  Add a drop of phenophthalein and
              titrate with 4N NaOH to a pale-pink color.  Back-titrate
              with o.2N H2S04 until the pink just disappears.  Transfer
              to a separatory funnel, washing with dist.  water, and
              dilute to 40-45 ml with more distilled water.

          (c)  Add 50 ml of benzene-isobutanol solvent and 15 ml of
              molybdate (II) reagent to each sample. Close funnel
              and shake for 1 minute. Pipet off 25 ml of  the top
              layer, and transfer to a 50 ml volumetric flask. Add
              10-15 ml of alcoholic sulfuric acid solution to each.

          (d)  To each volumetric flask add 10 grops of stannous
              chloride (II) solution and  swirl vigorously. Dilute
              to volume with alcoholic sulfuric acid solution and
              mix thoroughly.
          (e)  After 10 minutes but before 30 minutes, read transmittance
              against the blank at 625 nm.
              Since the distilled water may contain a finite amount
              of phosphates, use a blank  consisting of 25 ml of
              alcoholic sulfuric acid solution, 25 ml benzene-iso-
              •butanol, and 10 dreps stannous chloride (II).
              Find the ppm of P04-P using graph prepared from
              standard solutions.

Notes:        If the transmittance is less than 47%, immediately
              dilute the colored sample with alcoholic sulfuric
              acid until transmittance is between 47 and 97%.
              Multiply result by amount of dilution.

              The blank sample of distilled water is run to determine
              the amount of contamination from the glassware. All
              glassware should be rinsed  with a 50/50 solution of
              101 HC1 and 10% H2S04, followed by two rinses with
              double distilled water, then acetone.
                            -185-

-------
      DETERMINATION OF CHLORINATED PESTICIDES AND PCB'S





Extraction of Water (1)



     The water was filtered before a 500 ral aliquot was trans-



ferred + 0 a 18, separator/ funnel.  After dissolving 5g of sodium



chloride in the sample, it w«>s extracted with 100, 50, and 50 ml



of petroleum ether, shaking for 30 seconds each time.  Each ex-



tract was dried by passing it through anhydrous sodium sulfate.



The combined extracts were evaporated almost to dryness and then



diluted to an approximate volume for analysis by gas chromatography.



Extraction of Sediment and Algae



     A lOOg subsample was extracted for 3 minutes in a Waring



blender with 200 ml of a  (1+1) mixture of hexane and 2-propanol.



The homogenate was filtered into a 16 separatory funnel.  A 500 ml



portion of distilled water and 5g of sodium chloride were added to



the extract.  The funn«l «as shaken gently for 30 seconds.  After



the layers separated, the bottom aqueous layer was discarded.  Thfi



hexane was then washed once more with distilled water.  The volume



of hexane remaining after the second wash was measured and recorded.



The hexane was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated



almost to dryness.  The residue was taken up in 10 ml of hexane and



processed through the Florisil column step.



Extraction of Fish  (2)



     A 50g subsample of ground fish was weighed into a blender bowl.



A lOOg portion of anhydrous sodium sulfate was added and the mix-



ture was blended for one minute.  The sample was extracted for 2



minutes with 150 ml of oetroleum ether.  The ether was decanted off
                            -186-

-------
through a piece of filter paper.  The sample was then re-extracted
twice more with 100 ml of petroleum ether each time.  The combined
extracts were evaporated just to dryness and the lipid content
was determined.  The fat was then transferred to a T25 ml separator/
funnel with a total of IS ml of petroleum ether.  The ether was
extracted with 4 x 30 ml of acetbnitrile (previously saturated with
petroleum ether), shaking 1 minute each time.  The combined
acetonitrile extracts were evaporated just to dryness.  A 20 ml por-
tion of hexane was added and the sample was again evaporated to
dryness.  T^e residue was taken up in 10 ml of petroleum ether
and processed through the Florisil column steps.
Florisil Column (3)
     A 22 mm i.d. chromatographic column was prepared by adding a
plug of glass wool, 20g of Florisil, and lOg of sodium sulfate.
The volumn was rinsed with 50 ml of hexane before the concentrated
sediment or fish extract was added.  The column was eluted with
200 ml of a 201 dichloromethane in hexane solution.  When the
solvent Beached the top of the column, the receiver was changed and
the column was eluted with 200 ml ^f a (50 + 0.35 + 49.65%) solution
of dichloromethane and acetonitrile and hexane.  Both eluates were
evaporated just to dryness and taken up in an appropriate amount of
hexane for analysis.
Separation of PCB's from Chlorinated Pesticides (4)
     A 22 mm i.i. chromatographic column was prepared by adding a plug
of glass wool and a (4 + 1) mixture o£ actibated siliric gel and
Celite.  The concentrated extract was added and the column was eluted
•with 250 ml  f petroleum ether.  When 250 ml of chrate were collec-
ted (containing possible PCB and aldrin residues), the receiver was
changed and DDT and analogs were eluted with 200 ml of a (1 + 19 +
                         -187-

-------
80) mixture of acetonitrile and hexane and dichloromethane.   The
eluates were evaporated just to dryness and taken up in an appro-
priate amount of hexane for analysis.
Gas Chromatographic Analysis
     An aliquot of the final solution was injected into a gas
chromatograph equipped with an electron capture detector.  Peak
areas of the sample were compared with those from standard injec-
tions to determine the -amount of residue present.
Note  (1)
     For fish samples it is expected that the first eluate from the
Florisil column will have to be put through the siluic and column
to separate the PCBs from chlorinated pesticides.  This separation
will be used on  the  types of samples also if there is a hint that
PCBs are present.
      C2)
     Sample weight for alga will probably be lOg since it was
difficult to obtain a large sample.
                           -188-

-------
                           References


     Similar to procedure given by
(1)   Zweig,  G.  and Devine, J.  M,,  Residue Reviews 26, 17-36 (1969).

(2)   Porter, M.  L., Young, S.  J.  V.,  and Burke, J.  A.,  J.  Asso.  Offic,
     Anal.  Chem.  53., 1300-1303 (1972).

(3)   Mills,  P.  A., Bong,  B. A., Kamps,  L. R. ,  and Burke, J. A.,  J.
     Asso.  Offic.  Anal.  Chem.  55.,  39-43 (1972).

(4)   Armour, J.  A., and  Burke, J.  A., J. Asso,  Offic. Anal. Chem.
     53,  761-768 (1970).
                               -189-

-------
All biological, physical and chemical data submitted  by




Dr. Moore with his annual report will be in STORE! by




February 1, 1974 under agency code:   51IFYGL.
                          -190-

-------
                PLANKTONIC ROTIFERA AND CRUSTACEA

                             OF TEE

                   LAKE ONTARIO INSHORE REGION
                       Donald C. McNaught

                       Samuel J. Markello

                      Daniel Giovannangelo
                   State University of Nev York
                Department of Biological Sciences
                     Albany, New York  12222
      Research Supported by Environmental Protection Agency

Year I (April 1972-March 1973) summary report from subcontractor

    to SUC Oswego (SUNY Research Foundation grant 20-5001-A).

-------
                           CONTENTS






                                                             Page




Planktonic Rotifera                                           192




   Introduction                                               192




   Methods and Materials                                      193




   Testing                                                    193




   Results and Discussion                                     194




   Summary                                                    197




   References                                                 199




   Table I                                                    201




   Table II                                                   203




   Table III                                                  204




   Table IV                                                   206




Planktonic Crustacea                                          207




   Introduction                                               207




   Community Theory                                           208




   Methods                                                    209




   Results and Discussion                                     210




   Summary                                                    211




   References                                                 213




   Table V                                                    -214




   Table VI                                                   216




   Table VII                                                  217
                                    -191-

-------
           Planktonic Rotifera of the Lake Ontario Inshore Region






                                     by



                             Samuel J. Markello








Introduction




     This study represents only one component of the Lake Ontario Inshore




Zooplankton Survey.  Information on the planktonic rotifer community of Lake




Ontario was scarce prior to the recent lakewide study-'-by Nauwerck (1972).




Nauverck cited data on the seasonal variation- and relative abundance-of




various species averaged over three stations (Burlington Bay,  central basin,




eastern region).




     The objectives of this study included an analysis of the  effect of




sampling locality (region along the shore and distance from shore) on




rotifer population dynamics.  Subsequent to significant findings, an analysis




for underlying causes, both biotic and abiotic, will be conducted.  In essence




the problem involved the effect of local perturbations on zooplankton production.




     Various parameters of the rotifer community should be especially sensitive




to local influences.  Diversity, production, and biomass of the rotifers are




known to respond positively to enhanced levels of food resource and temperature




in nature (Nelson and Edmondson, 1955; Hillbricht-Ilkowska and Weglenska, 1970;




Patalas, 1970; Nursall and Gallup, 1971).  Community-alpha, a  coefficient of




competition at the community level, is likewise expected to vary directly with




resource levels and should be especially evident among stations at various




distances from shore.  In addition to the above there are species of rotifers




generally agreed upon as indicators of eutrophic conditions (Pejler, 1957).




     This report contains a partial assessment of the samples  analysed to date.




These include all surface samples (0-5M) from Cruise I (May 30-June 20), three





                                -192-

-------
transects (13, I1* and 15) from Cruise II, and five sampling dates for the




three stations of transect 9.









Methods and Materials




     Samples were taken at each of three stations (O.h, k.O and 8.0 kilometers




from shore) on 15 transects located between the mouth of the Genesee River and




Stony Point.  Zooplankton were collected with a conical net (aperture 6k p,




0.5 M diameter).  Vertical hauls were taken at 5-meter intervals (0-5, 0-10,




0-15, etc.) down to 30 meters or bottom, 10 meter intervals between 30 and




50 meter depths, and 50 meter intervals thereafter.




     All samples were initially treated with carbonated water (a relaxant for




the organisms) and preserved with sufficient formaldehyde to yield a k%




solution.




     In the laboratory, subsamples were taken and dilutions made accordingly




to insure at least 50 individuals of the dominant species/count.  A count of




all specimens in three subsamples was found to be adequate (tested by analysis




of variance) to detect differences in the major species between samples from




randomly selected stations.  References consulted for keying included




Ahlstrom (19^0, 19^3), Voigt (1956), Nipkow (1957),  Koch-Althaus (1963),




Sudzuki (196*0 and Pourriot (1965).  Despite this there is uncertainty about




three species, Polyarthra dissimulans, Polyarthra longiremis and Synchaeta sp.









Testing




     To determine the effects of distance from shore (DFS) and location along




shore (LAS) on density of each species, a non-parametric test was employed




(Friedman's method of randomized blocks).  The possibility of interaction




between the fixed main effects (DPS and LAS) prohibited the use of a Model I,
                                 -193-

-------
2-way factorial ANOVA without replication.




     To test for density differences between two specific regions (the average




of transects 1, 2 and 3 versus transects 13, I1*, 15) a Model I, 2-way factorial




ANOVA (with transects as replicates) was utilized.  The effects of time and




DPS on density at transect 9 were tested with a mixed-model, 2-way factorial




ANOVA.









Results and Discussion




     l)  General




     Most species of rotifers, encountered in the inshore region of Lake




Ontario on Cruise I (Tables 1-H), were likewise observed by Nauwerck (1972)




in June 1970.  In addition we found specimens'of Keratella crassa, Polyarthra




major and Trichocerca multicrinis occurring in June while Nauwerck observed




them later in the season.  Species unique to the inshore study include




Brachionus quadridentatus (innermost station of transects 1 and h), Brachionus




urceolaris ("IN" of'transect 1, and "IN" plus "Mid" of transect II), Polyarthra




euryptera (transects 3, 8, 9) and 'Polyarthra dissimulans plus P_. longiremis




(occurring at all transects).  The latter combined species of Polyarthra are




difficult to separate considering overlapping sizes, identical number of




ovarian nuclei and both possessing a pair of ventral appendages (Nipkow, 1957).




Because of their large size the combined species of Polyarthra are easily




distinguished from P_. dolichoptera.




     For the purposes of this study, Keratella earlinae, 1C. irregularis and




1C. cochlearis, V_. robusta have been combined.  Nauwerck (1972) combined'the




first two but kept the third separate.  All three are morphologically alike




with considerable overlap in body and spine lengths   They are easily




distinguished by the plague pattern on the empty lori'ca; however, most
                                 -194-

-------
specimens taken are intact and time does not permit the close scrutiny needed




to separate them.




     An additional point of taxonomic significance was the presence of ill-




species of rotifers during Cruise I (indicated in Table l) which are often




associated with eutrophic conditions.




     Comparison of the composition of the rotifera over 12 transects (Fig. I)




indicated dominance by the Synchaetidae (Synchaeta and Polyarthra)  over most




of sampling area.  Keratella equalled the Synchaetidae at transect  II




(directly off the Oswego River).  Nauwerck's mean data for three sampling




areas in June 1970 indicated a smaller percentage of Synchaetidae (especially




Polyarthra), and a greater contribution by "others."  The mean density of




total Rotifera (Fig. I) give one the impression of lower concentrations in




the Western region of our sampling area.  However, transects 11-1^  were




sampled earlier in June and the density difference could simply reflect




overall lower production at that time.






     2)  Effect of location along shore (IAS) and distance from shore (DFS)




         on species density.




     To assess (LAS) effects it is necessary to minimize time effects.   This




is especially important for the Cruise I data (collected between day 151 and




172 of 1972), this being the usual time of increased production. The data In




Table 1 represent.mean densities (for the 0-5 meter depth interval) averaged




over the three stations (IN, MID and OUT) at each transect.   Dividing the




transects up into two groups (1-8 and 9-1*0 based on sampling times, and




testing the variation of each species over the transects within each group,




resulted in a significant LAS effect for only one species (Synchaeta




lakowltziana).  This species is a cold water form, absent during the summer




and fall (July-November),  The absence of significance for additional species





                                   -195-

-------
is surprising, particularly when vieving the variability in densities among




transects (Table I).




     One difficulty in testing for LAS effects is the lack of replication at




sampling stations.  Thus, it was decided to combine transects and compare




regions using stations of equal distance from shore as subgroup replicates




within regions.  The regions tested (Table 2) involved transects 1-3 (Genesee




River area) and transects 13-15 (Mexico Bay).  Data for the latter area were




taken from Cruise II in an attempt to minimize the difference in sampling




time between regions (8 days).  A significantly higher mean concentration of




Asplanchna priodonta, Kellicottia longispina, Keratella earlinae +_ irreg. +_




coch. robusta was found in the Mexico Bay region, while the reverse was true




of Keratella hiemalis and Synchaeta lakowitziana (both cold water species).




     While not significant at the 5$ level, at least four othei species tested




had greater mean concentrations in the surface waters of Mexico Bay (Keratella




cochlearis^ cochlearis, K.. quadrata, Polyarthra dolichoptera and P_. vulgaris).




The two remaining, Brachionus angularis (a good indicator of eutrophy) and




Synchaeta stylata had higher levels around the Genesee River area.  Ecological




interpretation of these differences must await analysis of the temperature and




food resource data.




     To assess distance from shore (DFS) effects, densities at each of the




three locations (IN, MID and OUT) were averaged over 12 transects (transects




with missing stations were omitted).  Of the 33 species tested^ only two




(Kellieottia longispina and Keratella cochlearis) displayed significantly




higher concentrations shoreward (Table 3).  Many of the remaining species




displayed a similar gradient however at a lesser degree of consistency among




transects.  Inconsistency suggests a possible interaction between LAS and DFS




effects on density.  In the absence of replicates/station interaction cannot
                                    -196-

-------
be tested.






     3)  Effect of time and DFS on density




     One transect was selected from which all three stations had been sampled



on the same day {or within a 2k hour period) on each of five different dates.



Densities reported for each date (Table k) represent a mean over the three



stations.  As is readily apparent and expected, most of the species displayed




significant seasonal variations over the sampling interval (June 9-September 25).



     Of interest in the data is the absence of significant changes in Keratella



cochlearis, a eurythermal species.  This species is often known to undergo a



marked decline in early to mid-summer and a resurgence in late summer.  Five



sampling dates may simply have been insufficient to detect the characteristic



changes.  Another possibility, which must be examined, is the presence of



factors unique to transect 9> which permit this species to maintain its



population.  In the near future, data for the remaining transects will be



analyzed and compared with those in Table h.




     The effect of DFS over time (for transect 9 only) was found to be non-



significant for all species.  It is presumed that DFS effects are dependent



upon time of year.








Summary



     Considering the surface samples of the southeast Lake Ontario inshore



region during June 1972, we observed some 35 species of planktonic rotifers,



representing 13 genera.  Fourteen of the species are often found in association



with eutrophic conditions,  Two genera (Synchaeta and Polyarthra) comprised the




built of the surface rotifer community.



     Our data show a significant horizontal heterogeneity with respect to the




density distribution of select rotifers.  In general, many rotifer species





                                     -197-

-------
displayed a density gradient of increasing concentration shoreward, although




differences for only two species were statistically significant.  A comparison




of standing crop for 11 species, between the Mexico Bay area and the region




near the Genesee River mouth, indicated seven species (three significant) with




greater abundance in Mexico Bay and four (two significant) more dense around




Rochester.
                                    -198-

-------
References




 1.  Ahlstrom, E. H.  19^0.  A revision o/T the rotatorian genera Brachionus




     and Platyias with descriptions /of one new species and two new varieties.




     Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ttfilk3-184.




 2.  	  19^3.  jk'revision of the rotatorian genus Keratella




     with descriptions of /three new species and five new varieties.  Bull.




     Am.  Mus. Nat. Hist.^ 80:Ull-U57.




 3.  Hillbricht-Ilkowskai, A. and T. Weglenska.  1970.  Some relations between




     production and zocbpiankton structure of two lakes of a varying trophy.




     Pol Arch. Hydrotfiol., 17:223-2^0.




 U.  Koch-Althaus, /8.  1963.  Systematische und okologische studien an




     rotatorien d£s Stechlinsees.  Limnologica, 1:375-^56".




 5.  Nafuwerck, #.  1972.  Notes on the planktonic rotifers of Lake Ontario.




     Unpublished.




 6.  Nelson, jfc. R. and W. T. Edmondson.  1955-  Limnological effects of




     fertilizing  Bare Lake, Alaska.  U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Fishery




     BulO/ No. 102 56:lH3-U36.




 7.  Nijfjkow,  F.   1957.  Die Tattung Polyarthra Ehrenberg im plankton des




     Zy^richsees und einiger anderer Schweizer Seen.  Schweiz. Z. Hydrol.,




     1U:135-181.




 8.  Nursall, J.  E. and D. N. Gallup.  1971.  The responses of t.he biota of




     Lake Wabamun, Alberta, to thermal effluent.  Proc. Int. Symp. Ident. and




     Mass. Env. Pollut., Ottawa, p. 295-30^.




 9.  Patalas, K.  1970.  Primary and secondary production in a lake heated by




     a thermal power plant.  Proc. Inst. Env. Sci., l6th Ann. Tech. Meet.,




     Boston,  p. 267-271.
                                     -199-

-------
10.  Pejler, B.  1957.  Taxonomica£ .and ecological studies on planktonic




     rotatoria from Central Sweden.  Kun&L.  Svenska Vetenskapsakad.




     Handligar., 6:1-52.




11.  Pourriot, R.  1965.  Notes taxinomiques siSr quelques Rotiferes




     planctoniques.  HydroMologia, 26:579-6oU.




12.  Sudz.uki, M.  "L9Sk.  New systematical approach to  the Japanese planktonic




     rotatoria.  Hydrotiologia, 23:l-12lt.




13.  Voigt, M.  1957.  Rotatoria:  Die Radertiere  Mitte&europas.   Borntraeger.




     Berlin.
                                       -200-

-------
Table I.  Cruise I, Mean Surface Density (Number/Liter) per Transect (June 1972).




                                                                   Transects
Species
Asplanchna priodonta
^rachionus angularis
1B. calyciflorus
1B. quadridentatus
1B. urceolaris
Collotheca mutabilis
Conochilus unicornis
^uchlanis dilatata
^ 1Filinia longiseta
o
M
1 Kellicottia longispina
Keratella cochlearis
cochlearis
K. earl}- + irregj + coch.
robust a
1K. cochlearis fa. tecta
*K. crassa
K. hiemalis
^K. quadrata
K. quadrata v. canadensis
Notholca acuminata
1
2.1
1.5
0.1+
1.1*
0.1
0
1.1
0
0.1*
19.9
26.U
33.6
O.U
1.0
0.1*
22.7
3.0
0.1
2
0.6
0.3
0.1
0
0
0
0.1
0
0.1
7.1*
7.6
lit. 3
0.1
0.1
0.1*
5.6
0.8
0.1
3
1.7
1.8
0.2
0
0
0
1.1
0.2
0.3
23. k
30.6
3lt.O
0.1
0.9
1.1*
17.1*
2.1*
0.03
1*
1.2
0.2
0
0.2
0
0
0.7
0
0.2
11.1
ll*.6
18.5
0
o.i*
0.9
6.8
1.6
0
5
2.0
2.1*
0
0
0
0
1.8
0
0
32.0
28. U
31*. 9
0.1
1.0
0.9
10.8
2.5
0
6
2.6
1.9
0
0
0
0
1.5
0
0
53.1
21.5
77.0
0
0.8
0.2
10.1*
3.6
0
8
l.l
0.8
0
0
0
0
0.5
0
0
20. k
7.9
1*6.0
0
0.1
0.1
5.8
1.1
0
9
0
1.3
2.1
0
0
0
0.2
0.1
1.0
11.5
10.8
27.1
0.8
0.1
14.8
30.3
5.3
0.1*
11
1.9
2.8
3.6
0
0.7
0
2.6
0
0.5
1.7
51.9
26.2
0
1.2
2.3
314.1*
2.9
1.1*
12
1.2
0.9
1.9
0
0
0.1
0.8
0
0.3
2.7
11.2
It. 6
0.1
0
1.0
11.0
0
0.2
13
0.1
0.1*
0
0
0
0
0.5
0.1
0.1
3.6
6.3
8.5
0.1
0
0.6
11.6
3.1*
0.2
111
0.9
0.2
0.2
0
0
0
0.7
0
0.1
2.9
7.U
8.1
0
0.1
0.03
0.9
0.2
0

-------
     Table  X  (continued)	Transects                                   .  . _


     Species	1	2	3	U	5	6	8      9      11     12     13      lU


     N.  squamula                      0.2    0.3     0.8    0.5      0.!*       0.1     0      0.2    0.6    1.2    0.3     0.5


     N.  striata                       0.1    0.1     0      0.1      0.03      0       0      0.1    0.1    0.2    0.3     0.1


     Notholca  foliacea                0.1    0       0      0.03     0.1       0.2     0      0.1    000       0


     1Ploeosoma truncata              0      0       0      0        0         0.10.2000      0       0


     ^olyarthra euryptera            0      0       0.2    000       0.1    0.1    000       0


     P.  dissimulans + longiremis      6.0    O.U     U.I    2.5      9.5     15.U     1.6    8.3    3.7    2.7   13.U     1.7


     P.  dolichoptera                 96.1   U5.2  109.0   65.9     7U.2    12U.7   35.2  98.6  23.2  50.6   U9.3    20.3


     P.  major                        11.0    2.9   11.7    2.8      5.9       6.5     0.2    2.0    0.1    3.0    U.U     0.1


     P.  remata                       3.9    3.7     7-8    0.8      2.7       2.U   10.0    3.5    0.2    2.9    5.9     6.5


^    P.  vulgaris                    100.6   38.9   80.U   69.0     59.0     72.1   77.1  35.7  11.3    U.6   11.7     5.0
o

1     *Synchaeta lackowitziana         1.2   11.0     9.6   13.5      U.3       U.6     2.5  51.3  75.0  81.5   5U.9    Ul.6


     S.  pectinata                     O.U    0.1     1.0    0        0.1       0       0      1.1    U.8    U.8    1.2     0.8


     S.  stylato                     119.6  138.0  106.0   69.2     25.3     56.7  129.6    U.5    2.0    l.U    5.0     U.U


     ^richocerca multicrinis         0      0       0.20        0.1       0       0      0      0      0      0       0



     Sampling  date                   166    166    167   167,168  168,172   172    171   l6l   151   152   158,160  158





     Species  often associated with eutrophic conditions (Pejler, 1957; Nauwerck, 1972).


     *0nly  species to show significant difference in density among transects  (1-8),  P <  .025

-------
Table II.  A Comparison of Mean Surface Density (#/£) between Regions I




           {Genesee River area) and II (Mexico Bay)2.
Regions-
Transects-
Sampling Dates-
Asplanchna priodonta
1Brachionus angularis
Kellicottia longispina
Keratella cochlearis
cochlearis
K. ^arl. + 1irreg. +
coch. robvista
K. hiemalis
*K. quadrat a
Polyarthra dolichoptera
P. vulgaris
Synchaeta lakovitziana
S. stylata
I
1, 2, 3
166-167
1.5
1.2
16.9
21.6
27. 3
0.7
15.3
83.5
73.3
6.5
121.2
II
13, lU, 15
17J*
6.2
0.7
55.8
UH.7
102.U
O.OU
2U.O
118.5
11*6.3
1.6
10*1.6


F-value
11.689**
1.037NS
9.^78**
2.875NS
18.762***
8.9^5*
2.017NS
1.270NS
2.1*29NS
5.857*
0.213NS
US - Not Significant




  * - P < 0.05




 ** - P < 0.01




*** _ p < 0.001




Species associated with eutrophic conditions.




2Data for this region taken from. Cruise II.
                            -203-

-------
Table III.  Mean Surface Density (#/£) over 12 Transects.
                                                    Cruise I
Species
Asplanchna priodonta
Brachionus angularis
Brachionus calyciflorus
Brachionus quadridentatus
Brachionus urceolaris
Collotheca mutabilis
Conochilus unicornis
Euchlanis dilatata
Filinia longiseta
Kellicottia longispina
Keratella cochlearis cochlearis
K. earlinae + irregularis +
cochlearis robusta
K. cochlearis fa. tecta
K. crassa
K. hiemalis
K. quadrata
K, quadrata canadensis
Notholca acuminata
N. squamula
N. striata
N. foliacea
Ploeosoma truncata
Polyarthra euryptera
IN
1.6
2.1
1.5
O.U
0.2
0.03
1.5
0.1
0.5
20. U
37.2
3U.6
O.U
0.7
0.5
21.6
3.U
0.5
0.3
0.06
O.OU
0
0.05
MID
1.8
1.2
0.5
0
0.03
0
1.2
0.02
0.2
20.5
13.2
33. U
0
0.6
1.7
12.9
2.5
0.1
0.5
0.2
0.06
0.02
O.OU
OUT
0.5
O.U
0.2
0
0
0
0.3
0
0.1
6.5
5.7
15.2
0.05
0.08
1.1
7.5
0.7
0.1
O.U
0.07
0.03
O.OU
0.01
Chi-Square
3.875NS
5.292NS
1.983NS
O.UU2NS
O.U8UNS
0.061s8
3.875NS
0.317NS
1.733NS
9.5**
9.5**
3.167NS
2.608NS
3.792NS
0.375NS
3.500NS
U.875NS
O.UU2NS
2.667NS
0.792NS
0.06TNS
O.U8UNS
0.109KS
                              -204-

-------
Table III (continued)
Species
 IN
  Cruise I




 MID     OUT
        Chi-Square
P. dissimulans + longiremis




P. dolichoptera




P. major




P. remata




P. vulgaris




Synchaeta lackowitziana




S. sp. (?)




S. pectinata




S. stylata




Trichocerca multicrinis
 6.3



61.2



 U.I



 5.0




61.5



26.7



 7.0




 1.9



50.0



 0.2
 7-1




91.7



 6.1



 5.0




1+9.1



30.3



 0.3



 1.1



78.2



 0.1
 lt.0



U'5.2



 2.U



 2.6




30.7



30.8




 0.9



 0.6




37.3



 0
0.500NS



0.66'7NS
0.067NS
NS - Not Significant




** - P < .01
                                 -205-

-------
Tatle IV.  Mean Surface Density Averaged Over Three Stations for Transect 9




           on Each of Five Sampling Dates.






                                                Date
Species
Asplanchna priodonta
Conochilus unicomis
Kellicottia longispina
Keratella cochlearis
cochlearis
K. earl. + irreg. +
coch. robusta
K. crassa
K. hiemalis
K. quadrata
Ploeosoma truncata
Polyarthra dolichoptera
P. major
P. vulgar is
Synchaeta lakowitziana
S. stylata
Trichocerca multicrinis
6/9
0
0.2
n.5
10.8
27.1
0.1
1*.8
30.3
0
98.6
2.0
35.7
51.3
4.5
0
7/5
2U.1*
4.7
10.3
10.3
146.1*
0.7
0
1.5
o.i*
37.6
0.8
138.7
5.1
72.0
0
8/7
8.1*
336.1
8.1
11.8
56.5
3.2
0
14.3
3.1*
5.1
201.5
1*80.1*
0
4.7
0.1
8/31
5.8
78.1
0.2
6.3
54.9
21.8
0
0
86.7
3.5
51.8
101*3.1*
0
18.6
29. 4
9/25
4.2
0
0.5
15.9
53.2
64.3
0
0
20.6
1.6
36.2
189.7
0
21.7
2.7
F-value
6. in*
17.37**
7.60**
1.18NS
3.89*
48.53**
3.46NS
20.23**
28.49**
19.63**
2.39NS
32.36**
11.07**
9.08**
7.19**
NS - Not Significant




 * - P < .05



** - P < .01
                                   -206-

-------
           Planktonic Crustacea of the Lake Ontario Inshore Region






                                     *y



                 Donald C. McNaught and Daniel Giovannangelo








Introduction




     In the inshore waters (<50 m) of Lake Ontario the cyclopoid copepod




Cyclops bicuspidatus thomasi (Forbes) and the cladoceran Bosmina longirostris




(Deevey) have been dominant since 19&9.  Hovever, in 1939 Daphnia and




Diaptomus spp. were relatively more abundant (McNaught and Buzzard, 197*0.




These changes are likely due to the accelerated cultural eutrophication of




Lake Ontario.




     The inshore waters are first to receive the nutrient load of tributary




streams.  Here such nutrients are ultimately involved in stimulating algal




growth, as well as in determining the succession of dominant algal groups.




Both the net production of these algal communities, as well as their species




composition, influence the number and relative abundance of the species of




zooplankton.  Thus the zooplankton reflect changes in lake ecosystems




usually considered only in terms of the algae.




     Such changes in zooplankton composition have been recorded in the




literature for Lake Ontario.  Seven investigations since 1912 have detailed




changes in tjtie crustacean zooplankton, but largely ignore the rotifers.




Recent basinwide studies by Patalas (1969, 1972) and Carpenter et al. (1972)




describe extensive collections made by investigators from CCIW in 1968 and




1970.  Limited useful collections were made near Rochester by Whipple (1913)




in 1912 and Tressler et_ al. (19^0) in 1939.  The discovery of a brackish-




water calanoid copepod was reported by Anderson and Clayton (1958).  McNaught




and Fenlon (1972) took limited inshore samples in the Oswego area in 1969 and







                                   -207-

-------
1970.  Generally, then, the zooplankton of Lake Ontario are well-known

t economically, but little is known of their feeding habits, predators, a,*u.

especially the response of such populations to pollutants.

     The purpose of this study is to identify inshore areas of Lake Ontario

which exhibit perturbation of the zooplankton community.  We have employed

two distinct approaches in the analysis of our data.  First, the densities

of organisms have been compared with respect to the distance from shore

(DFS) at which samples were collected.  Secondly, after determining the

relative densities of all taxa, the sample means have been subjected to

community analysis.



Community Theory

     Two basic assumptions underlie the use of niche theory (Levins, 196

to predict the maximum theoretical carrying-capacity of an aquatic environ-

ment.  First we have assumed that crustaceans exhibit sigmoid growth in

nature, and that the concept of an environmental carrying capacity is real

for them.  Secondly, we have assumed that with community development, a

likely evolutionary strategy includes the reduction of interspecific

competition, i.e. a reduction of the mean community competition coefficient

(a).

     Assuming that crustacean populations continually push against an ever

changing carrying-capacity, we must first estimate the competition

coefficient (Levins, 1968):
     (i)
 n

h=l
 n

h=l
                               p   P
                               plh P2h
                                   -208-

-------
where h is an environment and P^ and ?2 are the proportion of species 1 and



species 2.  This alpha assumes that competition for resources is proportional



to the probability of occurrence in an environment h (Lane and McNaught,



1970, 1973).  Then, from the logistic:




     (2)            dN,        K, - H, - cu   Np


                    dT'-i1"       Kl        >




where r, is the instantaneous growth rate of species 1, we can calculate the



maximum theoretical carrying capacity (K^) for species"1 1, where:



                              m

     (3)            % = H! + I   02.! N2

                              2=1




This maximum carrying-capacity is the maximum density which a species would



obtain if no competitors were present, where the calculation is made with



an assumption of steady-state ( - = 0)..
                               dt


     Likewise it is possible to estimate tne -corax numoer 01 species -one



community will hold -from the covariance of alpha (Levins, 1968).  In general,



when the variance of alpha (Tables 2-3) is small the community is predicted



to hold more species, as indicated by the ratio observed:  theoretical number.



     Finally, Shannon-Weaver species diversity values were determined for



inshore and offshore waters for the years 1969-1972, where:
                    H = -
where p^ = proportion of all species belonging to the ith species.
Methods
     Samples were collected as in the concurrent study of the rotifers (Part  l).



In the laboratory approximately 100 individuals of the dominant species were
                                  -209-

-------
counted from each sample.




     To determine significant differences in distribution with regard to




distance from shore, ve used an unpaired t-test.








Results and Discussion




     (l)  General trends




     The inshore community vas dominated from May through July 1972 by




Cyclops bicuspidatus and, most likely, the copepodites of this cyclopoid




copepod, as veil as by Bosmina lorigirostris (Table V).  Diaptomus (minutus




+ sicilis), Limnocalanus macrurus and calanoid copepodites were of




secondary importance.  Chydorus sphaericus vas common inshore in May and




June of 1972.  This chydorid is interesting because of its habit of hitch-




hiking on buoyant colonies of blue-green algae.  Daphnia (galeata +




retrocurva), Tropocyclops prasinus and Eurytemora affinis were relatively




uncommon (less 60/m3).






     (2)  Effect of distance from shore (DPS) on species density




     The effect of distance from shore (DFS) on species density for




crustacean zooplankton vas assessed for cruises I and II over the three




stations (IN, MID, OUT) using an unpaired t-test (Table VI).   From Table V




it would appear that many species are more abundant near shore (in).  However,




only Tropocyclops prasinus exhibited a significant difference (p < .05) vhen




IN densities vere compared to OUT for cruise I.




     Generally we conclude that the planktonic crustaceans do not show




significantly higher concentrations shoreward within our narrow zone of study.






     (3)  Community analysis




     The community competition coefficient (a), the theoretical carrying
                                   -210-

-------
capacity (K) and the ratio of the observed density: theoretical carrying




capacity (N/K) provide insight into community interactions sensitive to




pollution.




     Alpha is an index of potential interspecific competition (Table VII).




It is a valuable index in itself.  In these preliminary data we see evidence




that interspecific competition is potentially greatest in MID shore areas.




But the chief reason for calculating alpha is to approximate the theoretical




carrying-capacity (K).




     Theoretical community carrying-capacity (K) for planktonic crustaceans




should be responsive to available food resources.  In the cases of cruises




I and_ II the theoretical carrying capacity is greatest in the IN shore




locations.  These data signify that something is accounting for such high




densities (N) and carrying-capacities (K).  We suggest initially that a




high K is indicative of community perturbation.




     If the theoretical carrying-capacity is large, and it is actually




realized on a relative basis (N/K), this provides additional evidence of




perturbation.  For example, in the case of cruise I, the OUT stations had




a predicted capacity of 7^,778 animals/m3 and 15$ of this capacity vas




realized (N/K), the maximum for the two cruises discussed.  In the final




analysis of our data we will use a. combination of K and N/K "to indicate the




probable degree of perturbation of a given community.  Presently we can




state that the N/K ratio for this Oswego sector (this study) ranges from




.08 to .15 and this range is similar to the lake-wide range of .07 to ,2k




(McNaught and Buzzard, 1971*).








Summary




     The crustacean zooplankton of the inshore waters of Lake Ontario near
                                  -211-

-------
Oswego are dominated in summertime by Cyclops bicuspidatus and Bosmina




longirostris.  At present we find no evidence that these dominant forms




are at significantly higher concentrations as we proceed shoreward.




However, the theoretical carrying capacity of such populations is greatest




close to shore.  The extent to which this carrying capacity is realized is




greatest farther off shore (OUT stations).  In the future, should the•




theoretical carrying-capacity and the degree to which it is realized both




reach a maximum inshore or near sources of high nutrient input, we will




have evidence for community perturbation.
                                 -212-

-------
References




Anderson, D.V., and D. Clayton.  1959.  Plankton in Lake Ontario.  Ontario




     Dept. Lands and Forests, Phys. Res. Note No. 1:7.




Carpenter, G., L. Devey, J. Leslie and A. Nauverck.  1972.  The crustacean




     zooplankton of Lake Ontario:1970.  (Manuscript).




Faber, D.'J.,  and E.G. Jermolajev.  1966.  A nev copepod genus in the plankton




     of the Great Lakes.  LimnoU. Oceanogr. 11:301-303.




Lane, P.A., and B.C. McNaught.  1970.  A mathematical analysis of the niches




     of Lake  Michigan zooplankton.  Proc. 13th Conf. Great Lakes Res. 1970:




     ^7-57.




	.  1973.  A niche analysis of the Gull Lake (Mighican, U.S.A.)




     zooplankton community.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 18: (in press).




Levins, R.  1968.  Evolution in changing environments.  Princeton:  Princeton




     Univ.. Press.  120 pp.




McNaught, B.C., and M. Fenlon.  1972.  The effects of thermal effluents upon




     secondary production.  Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 18:20^4-212.




	, and M. Buzzard.  197^.  Changes in zooplankton populations in




     Lake Ontario (1939-72).  Proc. l6th Conf. Great Lakes Res. (in press).




Patalas, K.  1969.  Composition and horizontal distribution of crustacean




     plankton in Lake Ontario.  J. Fish. Res. Bd.  Can. 26(8):2135-2l64.




	.  1972.  Crustacean plankton and eutrophication of St.  Lawrence




     Great Lakes.  J.  Fish. Res. Bd. Can,  29(10):lU51-lU62.




Tressler, W.L., and T.S. Austin.  19^0.  A limnological study of some bays




     and lakes of the Lake Ontario watershed.  In 29th Ann. Rept.  Nev York




     State Conserv.  Dept., pp. 188-210.  Albany, N.Y.




Whipple, G.C,  1913.  Effect of the sewage of Rochester, N.Y., on the Genesee




     River and Lake Ontario under present conditions.-  In Report on the sewage




     disposal system of Rochester^jf.Y., ed. E.A.  Fisher, pp. 177-239.




     New York:  Wiley.               _2i3_

-------
Table V.  Mean Density of Organisms with Respect to Distance from Shore (DPS)




          for Cruise I (May 30, 1972-June 22, 1972) and Cruise II (June 22,




          1972-July 6, 1972).






         Species/location         #/m3 (Cruise I)	#/m3 (Cruise II)
Bosmina longirostris
IN
MID
OUT
Daphnia galeata
IN
MID
OUT
Daphnia retrocurva
IN
MID
OUT
Ceriodaphnia lacustris
IN
MID
OUT
Chydorus sphaericus
IN
MID
OUT .
Cyclopoid copepodite
IN
MID
OUT
Cyclops Mcuspidatus
IN
MID
OUT
Tropocyclops prasimus
IN
MID
OUT
Calanoid copepodite
IN
MID
OUT
Diaptomus minutus
IN
MID
OUT
Diaptomus sicilis
IN
MID
OUT

2,798
1,530
UU7

1*8
2
1

21
2
1

1
k
1

913
95
18

15,225
15,987
3,912

9,^62
925
1*61

1
37
35

126
ll»8
99

61
31
9

0
0
1

6,982
5,611
3,125

2U
33
1

13
3
6

151
72
10

lUU
9U
121

U,6i6
3,Uo6
5,675

3,162
880
2,01*9

57
86
92

ikB
108
133

82
50
53

22
6
U
                                     -214-

-------
Table V  (continued)






         Species/location         #/m3 (Cruise I)	  ff/m3  (Cruise  II)
Limnocalanus macrurus
IN
MID
OUT
Eurytemora af finis
IN
MED
OUT
Nauplii
IN
MID
OUT

28
398
252

0
0
1

8,798
10,598
7,529

2
52
2U

9
0
0

3,070
2,1+66
6,137
                                  -215-

-------
    Table VI,  A Comparison of Mean Density  (#/m3)  as  an  Effect of DSF for Locations IN, MID, and OUT,
1-0
M
cr>
Organism
Bosmina longirostris
Daphnia galeata
Daphnia retrocurva
Ceriodaphnia lacustris
Chydorus sphaericus
Cyclopoid copepodite
Cyclops Mcuspidatus
Tropo cyclops prasimus
Calanoid copepodite
Diaptomus minutus
Diaptomus sicilis
Limnocalanus macrurus
Eurytemor$ affinis
Nauplii
^05
Cruise I
IN vs MID.
.7582
1.0170
1.1182
.8005
1.0123
.0552
1.0211
2.1632
.1899
.8373

.9^97

.301*0
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

NS
^05
Cruise I
MID vs OUT
2.0108
.733*+
.1+1*89
1.0062
1.5^3
1.1107
1.1593
.1123
1.3657
1.2657

.3355
1.0000
.6817
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
NS
NS
U05
Cruise I
IN vs OUT
1.3807
.9981
1.0151
.1|636
1.1156
1.238
1.W+
2.1*528
.5061*
1.5770

1.1209
1.0l»27
.2556
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
*pc .05
NS
NS

NS
NS
NS
"05
Cruise II
IN vs MID
.38U9
.3**07
.7776
.5391
.9015
.7771*
l^SO
.6562
.8609
.651*1*
.7751
1.7658

.3131
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
"05
Cruise II
MID vs OUT
1.7^08
1.3798
.U293
1.0U77
.2221
1.0683
1.2378
.501*1*
,0.068
.0893
.3219
.9503

1.2965
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
^05
Cruise II
IN vs OUT
1.1+1*52
1.8586
.5011
1.0987
.31*20
.31*10
.1+851
1.0131+
.3356
.1*880
.821+3
1.9387

.9277
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

-------
Table VII.  Community Analysis for Crustacean Zooplankton.
            Total Number (#/m3)                       Observed Species/        Theoretical (K)
             of Zooplankton (N)   Alpha (Variance)    Theoretical Species   Carrying Capacity '(ff/m3)    N/K    Diversity
Cruise I
IN 31+.606.05
MED 29, 107. 5!+
OUT 11,399.86
Cruise II
IN 20.U39.6
MID 12,991+
i OUT 20,31*1+

.318 (.161)
.31+5 (.130)
.265 (.076)

.333 (.076)
.1+16 (.118)
.360 (.11+7)

1U/5
lU/6
lU/7

1V7
13/6
lU/6

1+08,397
222,221
71+, 778

222,959.1
110,769
171,916

.085
.13
.15

.09
.12
.12

1.79
1.73
2.16

2.1+8
2.23
2.50

-------
         ANNUAL REPORT




     ANALYSIS AND MODEL OP



   IMPACT OF DISCHARGES FROM



   NIAGARA AND GENESEE RIVERS



     OF THE NEAR-SHORE ZONE








           Sponsored by





        EPA GRANT #800701
              to
      Great Lakes Laboratory



State University College at Buffalo



        1300 Elmwood Avenue



      Buffalo, New York  1*4222
         August, 1973

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS






                                                                   Page




I.     Introduction                                                 221




II.    Biological Studies                                           229




       A.  Phytoplankton                                            229




           1.  Objectives                                           229




           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            230




           3.  Status                                               231




           4.  Summary of Results                                   232




       B.  Zooplankton                                              236




           1.  Objectives                                           236




           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            236




           3.  Status                                               237




           4.  Summary of Results                                   237




       C.  Benthos                                                  239




           1.  Objectives                                           239




           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            239




           3.  Status                                               240




           4.  Summary of Results                                   240




       D.  Cladophora                                               241




           1.  Objectives                                           241




           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            241




           3.  Status                                               244




           4.  Summary of Results                                   244
                                -218=

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             Continued

                                                                   Page

       E.  Chlorophyll-a                                            246

           1.  Objectives                                           246

           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            246

           3.  Status                                               246

           4.  Summary of Results                                   246

III.   Chemical Studies                                             247

       A.  Sediments                                                247

           1.  Objectives                                           247

           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            249

           3.  Status                                               250

           4.  Summary of Results                                   250

       B.  Water                                                    321

           1.  Objectives                                           321

           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            321

           3.  Status                                               322

           4.  Summary of Results                                   322

IV.    Physical Studies                                             324

       A.  Ship-Board                                               324

           1.  Objectives                                           324

           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            324

           3.  Status                                               325

           4.  Summary of Results                                   325
                                    -219-

-------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  Continued
                                                                   Page

       B.   Other Physical Measurements in Study Area                328

           1.  Objectives                                           328

           2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments                            328

           3.  Status                                               328

           4.  Summary of Results                                   328

V.     Budget vs. Accomplishments                                   329
                                     -220-

-------
INTRODUCTION



     The objectives of the U.S. Environmental. Protection

Agency (EPA) sponsored multi-year project, which is part

of the International Field Year on the Great Lakes (IFYGL),

are as follows:


     a.  To formulate a model that could.be employed in the
         prediction of ecological responses to inputs in the
         near-shore region of large lakes.

     b.  To ascertain the nature, extent and interactions on
         inputs, including pollutants, on the aquatic
         biological and chemical processes in the near-shore
         region of Lake Ontario.

     c.  To evaluate the rate of flow of nutrients into, out
         of, and within the study area, including movements
         between aquatic and benthic habitats.

     d.  To examine the role, if any, of a thermal bar on
         nutrient transport and recycling, as well as a biological
         barrier.

     e.  To develop an ecological baseline that could be of
        .value in the evaluation of the impact of proposed
         developments (i.e., sewage treatment plants, electric
         power generating stations, etc.) along the Lake
         Ontario shoreline and tributaries, as well as in the
         determination of the present status and rate of
         eutrophicatlon of Lake Ontario.

     f.  To measure the extent of Cladophora growth and factors
         which influence the morphology of this area.  Emphasis
         will be directed toward the formulation of means
         through which the problems caused by this plant can be
         reduced.

     This report details the plans and accomplishments by

the staff of the Great Lakes Laboratory (GLL) on the above
                     -221-

-------
project during the period from 1 April 1972 through
31 March 1973.  The majority of the GLL's efforts in
1972-73 were concerned with the collection of biological and
chemical samples as well as making physical measurements
in the study zone.  The latter consisted of an area eight (8)
kilometers wide (as measured from the shore into .the lake)
and extending in length from the Weiland Canal through
Rochester.  Forty-five (^5) near-shore stations were
established.  These were situated one-half (1/2), four (4)
and eight (8) kilometers from shore along lines ten (10)
kilometers apart.  In addition twenty-four (24) and twelve (12)
stations were located in the mouths and plumes of the Niagara
and Genesee Rivers respectively.  The number and location of
each of the stations is shown in Table I.  Collection sites for
Cladophora were established at five (5) locations along lines
extending into the lake and perpendicular to the shore.  The
location of the intersection of these lines and the shore
is given in Table II.  Sampling of the attached alga was
conducted along the line in water depths of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and 6 meters.
                     -222-

-------



Near-Shore
Station #
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
TABLE I
Near-Shore and River Mouth
COLLECTION STATIONS
Zone
Longitude
79013148"
79°13'48"
79°13'1»8"
79°06f54"
79°07'36"
79°07tl8"
79°01'l8"
79°01'48"
79°02'30"
78°54'12"
78°55'00"
78°55'48"
78°47T 6"
78047'48"
78°48'36"
78°39'48"
78°40'36"
78°4l'30"
78°32'36"
                        Latitude
                         '43°19'i»8it
                         43°21'36"
-223-

-------
                 Table I,  continued
Near-Shore Zone
Station #
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
22?
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
211
242
243
244
245
Longitude
78"33IOU"
78°33'30"
78°25'12"
78°25'24"
78°25'36"
78017'36"
78°17'36"
78°17'36"
78°10'l8"
78°10'30"
78°10'48"
78°02f 48"
78°02'36"
78°02'24"
77°55f30"
770511154''
77°54fl8"
77048'12"
77°il7'48"
77°47'12"
77°4l'l8"
77°39'54"
77°38'06"
77°35'30"
77033'54"
77°32tl8"
Latitude
I43"24'li!"
43°26t24"
43°22'48"
43°24'36"
43°26'48"
43°22'36"
43°24t30"
43°26'36"
43°22'36"
43°24'30"
43°26'3611
43°22'30"
43°24'24M
43026'30"
43°21'48"
43°23'36"
43°25f42"
43°20'48"
43°22'36"
43°24'48"
43°l8'30"
43°19'54"
43°r21'36"
43015'18"
43°l6'48"
43°l8'42"
                         -224-

-------
               Table I, continued
Genesee River Mouth
Station # Longitude
351 43°15t58."
352 43°15'53"
353 43°l6'10"
354 43°16'01"
355 43°15'55"
356 43°16'33"
357 43°l6'30"
358 43°l6 '20"
359 43°16'08"
360 43°15'54"
361 43tf15f37"
362 43°l6l28"
Niagara River Mouth
Station # Longitude
363 79°05t24"
364 79°05to6"
365 79°05'08"
366 79°04t45"
367 79°04*50"
368 79°04'50"
369 79°04«26"
370 79°04'24"
Latitude
77°35'54"
77°35f48"
77°36'02"
77°35'42"
77°35'19"
77°36'29"
77°36'07"
77°35'4l"
77°35'21n
77°34'58»
77°34'36"
77° 35 T 30"

Latitude
43°l6fOO"
43°15'55"
43°l6f10"
43°15'50"
43°16'06"
43°16'20»
43°15'40"
43°l6'00"
                       -225-

-------
                 Table  I,  continued
Niagara River Mouth
Station #
371
372
373
371*
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
38U
385
386
Longitude
79°04'35"
79°04'10"
79°04'15"
79°04'10"
79°04'10"
79°04'08"
79°04'05"
79004'05"
79°03'56If
79°03f50"
79003,^5,,
79°03'40»
79003'25"
79°03!23"
79°03'10"
79°02'50"
                                               Latitude
                                               i»3°l6'35"
                       -226-

-------
                     TABLE  II
            CLADOPHORA COLLECTION  STATIONS
Station #
20?
216
222
228
237
Longitude
79°01'18"
79°39'48"
79°25'12"
79010'18"
77°48'12"
Latitude
43°l6'l8"
43°20'48"
43°22'l8"
43°22'06"
43°20fl8"
     Between  1 April 1972 and 31 March  1973  a  total  of
ten (10) near-shore, eight (8) Genesee river  and  six  (6)
Niagara mouth and six (6) Cladophora sampling runs were
conducted.  The dates of the above are shown  in Table III.

                     TABLE III
                 COLLECTION DATES
Niagara River
Near-Shore^
  Run #               Julian Dates          Gregorian Dates
    1                  109-124                18 Apr.-3  May
    2                  131-1^4                10 - 23  May
    3                  171-180                19 - 38  June
    4                  194-203                12 - 21  July
    5                  207-215                25 July  -  2 Aug.
    g                  31+0-3117                5-12 December
                        -227-

-------
                TABLE III, continued
Genesee River
  Ru_n_ #
    1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    6
    7
    8
Julian Dates
  151-153
  156-157
  157-158
  158-159
  164-165
  235-237
  241-242
  332-333
Gregorian Dates
  30 May - 1 June
  4-5 June
  5-6 June
  6-7 June
  12-13 June
  22-24 August
  28-29 August
  27-28 November
Cladophora
  Run #
    1
    2
    3
    4
    5
Julian Dates
  172-180
  193-202
  209-214
  221-230
  292-301
Gregorian Dates
  20-28 June
  11-20 July
  27 July - 1 Aug
  8-17 August
  18-27 October
     It should be noted that a total of eleven (11)
near-shore, twelve (12) river mouth and five (5) Cladophora
sampling runs had been planned.  However, due to a combination
of problems including delayed funding of the project, inclement
                       -228-

-------
weather and minor mechanical difficulties with the major
research vessel, the sampling program had to be reduced.
All sampling runs undertaken were completed with the exception
of the 11-14 December collection that had to be curtailed
after twenty-two (22) stations due to severe icing and
wave conditions.
    Since the overall project consisted of biological,
chemical and physical components, each of the latter will be
discussed separately.

II.  BIOLOGICAL STUDIES
    A.  Phytoplankton
        1.  Objectives
            This phase of the field survey was designed
        to ascertain the nature and extent of primary
        productivity in the near-shore zone as well as
        impacts of temperature stratification, as a result
        of the presence of thermoclines and thermal bars,
        and tributaries, particularly the Niagara and
        Genesee Rivers, on these processes.  The relationship
        between the quantity and quality of the algae and the
        physical and chemical conditions in the collection
        areas also was to be measured.
                        -229-

-------
2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments
     Phytoplankton was collected at each near-shore
and river mouth station at 1, 5, 20, 25, 35 and 50 m
meters below the surface (depth permitting) using
a 4.1 liter vertical Van Dorn (Alpha) Water Sampler.
One (1) liter of each sample was preserved with
Lugoi's solution.  Fifty (50) milillters subsamples
of each are being examined for algae using the
inverted microscope method of Utermfihl.  Species
composition  as well as cell numbers and blovolume
are being calculated.  This enumeration procedure
as well as the taxonomy being employed is being done
in cooperation with Dr. M. Munawar of the Canada
Centre for Inland Waters, who is conducting a similar
study of the phytoplankton collected in other sections
of Lake Ontario.
     The initial plan was to count all the samples.
However, since the phytoplankton cannot be counted
in less than two (2) hours per sample, it was
necessary to limit the initial analyses to the
algae collected at depths of 1 and 5 meters at
near-shore stations 201, 202, 203, 207, 208, 209,
213, 214, 215,222, 223, 224, 231, 232, 233, 237,
            -230-

-------
238, 239,.2JL3, 2^4, 2^5.  In addition the
phytoplankton gathered at 20 s 25, 35 and 50 m also
is being counted at the stations whose numbers are
underlined in the above list.  This reduction will
provide sufficient information for the near-shore model,
     A preliminary examination also is being made
to ascertain if the number of river mouth stations
can be limited without having a negative impact on
the validity of the model.
     Quantity and quality of phytoplankton vs. water
chemistry cannot be undertaken until the latter is
put in the STORET system by EPA.

3.  Status
     All 2600 samples were collected and preserved.
Analyses of the representative stations from the
April through July 1972 cruises have been completed.
Approximately five (5) weeks effort by two (2)
full-time individuals is necessary to complete the
examination of a cruise.  Therefore the analyses
of the algae gathered during the ten (10) cruises
in 1972 will be completed in early December 1973.
The river mouth collections will be done by the
early spring 197^.
              -231-

-------
   4.  Summary of Results
        During Cruise I the diatoms comprised
   approximately 5&% of algae at each station.  The
   dlnophyceans and cryptophyceans made up 22 and
   respectively of the biomass, while Shlorophyta
   comprise 2% and Cyanophyta less than 1%.  By July
   the diatoms decreased in number.  They were replaced
   by cryptomonads and colorless bi-flagellates.  The
   taxonomic composition of the summer flora will be
   discussed in a later section of this report.
        The dominant species in Cruises I and II are
   shown in Table IV.

                   TABLE IV
           DOMINANT PHYTOPLANTONIC SPECIES
                 Cruises I and II
 Asterionella formosa   Hasal.
Cryptomonas erosa       Ehrenbg.
Gymnodinium helvitica   Pennard.
Melosira binderana•      Kg.
Melosira islandica ssp helvitica  0. Mtiller
Perldlnium aciculiferum  Lemm.
Rhodomonas minuta    Skuja
Scenedesmus bijuga-  (Turpin) Langerheim
Stephanodis cus hantzschii   Grun.
Stephanodiscus tenuis    Hust.
Surirella angustata      Kuetz
                -232-

-------
                The largest concentrations of algae by
           biovolume observed In the 1 and 5 meter collections
           from Cruise I and II collections were found inshore
           of the thermal bar.  This is shown in Table V.

                          TABLE V
             AVERAGE PHYTOPLANKTON IN SURFACE WATERS
                          (  #;a3 x 103/ml)
Cruise        Dates                Distance from Shore
  I      15 Apr.-3 May
  II     10-23 May
  III    12-21 July
                During Cruise I the thermal bar generally
           was found from 1/2 to 3-1/2 km from shore;  during
           Cruise II the bar was observed primarily between
           4 to 7 km from shore.  By Cruise III the bar was
           lakeward of the 8 km station.  It should be noted
           that while there appears to be a large number of
           algae at the 4 km stations in Cruise III (Table V),
           there was variation in the range of algal numbers
           from transect to transect, which was not observed
           in the Cruise I and II collections.
1/2 km
15^1
2866
569
4 km
9^6
2167
936
8 km
617
593
650
                           -233-

-------
     The data from the vertical profiles from
Cruises I and II Indicated that higher concentrations
of algae were found in the waters having a temperature
higher than ^°C on the shoreward side of the thermal
bar.
     Phytoplankton counts from the spring cruises
were fairly uniform throughout a given depth profile.
     By Cruise IV a thermocline had become established.
The larger algal concentrations were found above the
thermocline, specifically in the collections from
depths of 5 meters.  The distribution pattern of
algae with depth as measured on the Cruise IV samples
is shown in Table VI.

                  TABLE VI
           ALGAL BIOMASS VS. DEPTH
                FOR CRUISE IV
Depth                           Biomass
 1 m                              898 /i3xl03/ml
 5                               1115
20                                558
35                                653
50                                618
           -234-

-------
     Unlike Cruises I, II and III, the species


composition varied with depth in Cruise IV.  In


the latter diatoms were almost absent in the collections


from 1, 5 and 20 m  below the surface, but at 35 and 50 m,


Meloslra islandica and M._ binderina were a substantial


fraction of the biomass.


     The dominant species collected during Cruise IV


were Cryptomonas erosa, Rhodomonas minuta and a


variety of as yet unidentified colorless biflagellates.


These  organisms were found in the epilimnion.


     In the spring the Niagara River with 412 ju3xl03/ml


had considerably less phytoplankton than the receiving

                            o   o
waters which averaged 1035 ju xlO /ml.  Sampling along


the plume as it mixed with the lake, the algal


numbers and variety increase with distance from the


river mouth.  By Cruise IV (12-21 July) the quantity


and quality of phytoplankton in the plume was very


similar to the collections from the 1/2 km stations.


     The April collections from the Genesee River

                            q   o  o
mouth, which averaged 1206 ju^xlQ-vm , did. not


differ appreciably from the near-shore stations.  Algal


biomass decreased with increased distance from the


mouth of the river.  The shallowest stations yielded


the highest algal concentrations.
             -235-

-------
B.  Zooplankton
     1.  Objectives
          The purposes of this aspect of the overall
     study were to contribute to the understanding of
     productivity and water quality in the Welland-
     Rochester near-shore zone.  This was to be
     accomplished through the identification and
     enumeration of planktonlc crustaceans utilizing
     the techniques developed by Dr. Andrew Robertson.
     2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments
          While a total of 825 zooplankton collections
     were taken by means of a vertical haul of a 1/2
     meter plankton net, at each near-shore and river-
     mouth station on every cruise, the Project Director
     and Mrs. Sharon Czaika, the individual doing the
     analysis, believe that it is not possible to examine
     every collection due to the time necessary to
     accomplish this task.  On the near-shore stations,
     the zooplankton from every other transect is being
     analyzed beginning with stations 201, 202 and 203.
     This means that collections from a total of twenty-one
     (21) stations per cruise will be quantitatively and
     qualitatively analyzed.  (It should be emphasized
     that this type of examination is more than sufficient
                  -236-

-------
to provide the inputs necessary for the development
of the model.  If time permits and/or if results
from the chemical analyses dictate, an examination
of the collections from the "in-between" stations
will be made.
     The only change in techniques has been the use
of a Hansen-Stempel Pipette instead of a Folsom
Plankton Splitter.

3.  Status
     The zooplankton analysis was late in starting
due to the lack of agreement on taxonomy and
quantification procedures.  However, this matter has
been remedied largely through conferences between
researchers at the Canada Centre for Inland Waters
and the Great Lakes Laboratory.
     The zooplankton from Cruise I of the Genesee
River mouth is finished.  Near-shore Cruises I and II
also are nearly complete with the exception that
bosminids will be saved and identified at the end
of the study when a sufficient variety of instars
will be available.
4.  Summary of Results
     A summary of these initial results from the
Genesee River Cruise I are as shown in Table
There was little difference between the stations
with respect to the quality and quantity
             -237-

-------
                            TABLE  VII
                  ZOOPLANKTON - CRUISE I  - Genesee

 Genesee River

Taxonomic Group - Comments                               % of Individuals

 COPEPODS:                                                      1.^
      Calanoids:
           Diaptomus siclloldes - dominant species
           Diaptomus oregone'nsis
           Diaptomus reighardi
           2 anomalous groups

      Cyclopoids:                                             15.0
           immatures - most abundant
           Cyclops bicuspidatus thomasi - dominant species
           Tropocyclops prasinus mexicanus
           Cyclops vernalis
           Eucyclops prinophorus

     Herpacticoids:   Canthocamptus robertcokeri               1.2
     Nauplii                                                  76.5

 CLADOCERANS:                                                  6'°
     bosminids - dominant species
     Chydorus sphaericus
     Daphnia (2 species)   - rare and in only 1/2 samples
           galeata mendotae
           retrocurva
     Alona costata - rare and in only 1 sample
     Alona guttata - rare and in only 1 sample
                                                             100.0%
                             -238-

-------
     of organisms.  The only quantitative difference
     was the fact that twice as many individuals
     were found at station #35^, which is approximately
     700 meters northeast of the river entrance and
     in the middle of the Genesee River plume.
          A list of species was submitted to EPA
     in Gaithersburg, Maryland, for their use in setting
     up the STORET system to accept these data.
C.  Benthos
     1.  Objectives
          The objectives of the quantitative and
     qualitative analyses of benthlc macroinvertebrates
     essentially was the same as those for phytoplankton
     and zooplankton.
     2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments
          Benthos was collected durinz; 1972 on Near-shore
     Cruises I (18 April - 3 May), III (19 - 28 June),
     VI (5 - 13 September) and IX (6 - 22 November).
     Genesee River mouth samplings occurred on Cruises I
     (30 May - 1 June), V (12-13 June), VI (22 - 2^ August)
     and VIII (27-28 November);'benthos from Niagara River
     mouth sites were collected during Cruises I (29 May -
     5 June), III (12 - 16 June), IV  (21 - 26 August) and
                 -239-

-------
VI (5-12 December).   While attempts were made
to obtain a sample at each collection site the
rocky nature of the bottom precluded collections
being made at near-shore stations 201, 204, 207,
210, 213, 216, 219, 222, 225 and 237-  While each
of the Genesee River mouth sites were collected,
no benthos could be gathered at stations 366, 369,
371, 375, 378, 379, 380, 382 and 383 in the Niagara
River mouth.  A total of 310 stations were sampled.
One (1) Ponar grab was taken at each on the
collections through August, 1973.  After August
three (3) separate Ponar  hauls were made at each site.
     The use of an Ekman Dredge was terminated after
the initial cruise due to the fact that collections
with this device could be gathered at less than at
a third of sites where Ponar collections could be made.
3.  Status
     The 1972 samples will be completed by December,
1973-  The necessity of splitting the samples due
to the large volume of organisms has delayed the
project by approximately three (3) weeks.
*J.  Summary of Results
     The majority of organisms found at the 1/2
and 4 km stations in the near-shore zone are
tubificids, sphaerids and chironomids which are found
            -240-

-------
     In nearly equal abundance but average less than
     a fifth of the number of sludge worms.  A few
     gastropods and some crustaceans also were observed.
     There was relatively little difference between
     the collections at the 1/2 and A km stations.
          The most abundant organisms at the 8 km
     stations were Mysis and Pontoporela.  Oligochaetes
     and sphaerids also were present.
          The benthic environment of the river mouths
     were dominated by oligochaetes.  There was substantial
     differences between both stations in a single cruise
     and between the same stations sampled during
     different cruises.
D.  Cladophora
     1.  Objectives
          Purpose of this aspect was to ascertain the
     mass, in terms of wet, dry and ash weights, of
     Cladophora collected at different depths (1, 2, 3,
     4, 5 and 6 meters) along five (5) transects
     extending from the shore into the lake.  Another
     objective was to provide ground truth for the
     quantification of this attached alga by remote sensing.
     2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments
          Six (6) samplings of up to six (6) collection
     sites along five (5) transects had been planned.
                 -241-

-------
           These transects were adjacent to stations
           207, 216, 22, 228 and 237.  However, high winds
           and waves, which made collecting the Cladophora
           by SCUBA techniques impossible, resulted in the
           cancellation of some of the Cladophora runs.  The
           dates when collections were made per station is
           shown in Table  VIII.

                       TABLE  VIII
                 CLADOPHORA COLLECTIONS
Transect             Julian Date          Remarks
  207                   172             No Cladophora at 1 and 2 m
   »                    179             t,      ,«       it I m
   n                    193             ..      ••       " 1 m
   11                    209             "      "       " 1, 2 and 3 m
   "                    221             "      "       21, 2 and 3 m
                        292             "      "       "1 and 2 m
  216                173-175            High wind + waves - no
                                                            collection
   „                 177-178             "    "      "    "   "
   "                    195             No Cladophora at 1 m
   11                    223             "      "      " 1,2",4,5 and 6m
   "                    297             "      "      " 1,2,5 & 6 m
  222                   178
   "                    196
                        -242-

-------
                  Table VIII continued
Transect               Julian Date            Remarks
   "                      209
   "                      223                 No Gladophora at 1,2  &
                                                               3 m
   "                      230                  "    " at 1 & 2 m
                          301                  "    "1m
  228                  179-180              High winds + waves,
                                                       no collection
   "                      201
   "                      213                No Cladophora at 1 in
   "                   225-277              High winds + waves,
                                                       no collection
   it                   302-305               "    "  "   "    "
  237                  173-175              High winds + waves,
                                                       no collection
   "                      180               No Cladophora at 1 & 2m
   "                      202               "     "   at 1,2 and 4 m
   "                      214               "     "      1,2 and 3 m
                          230               "     "      1 ra
   "                      303               High winds + waves, no
                                                         collection
               Sand comprised the sediment of depths
          at which Cladophora consistently did not grow.
          During the latter collection dates wave action had
          swept away.
                       -243-

-------
3.  Status
     The Cladophbra collections and analyses
(dry, ash and wet weights) have been completed.
Directions for entering these data in STORET are
being awaited.

4.  Summary of Results
     Cladophora growth was not found on sand
or other unconsolidated strata.  Also development
was limited in depths of 1 to 2 meters due to wave
action which broke the filaments and/or held fasts.
     The changes in the percent dry, fixed and
volatile weights of the Cladophora collected on
different dates in randomly selected square foot
sections of the -bottom is shown in Table IX.  The
dry weight was observed to generally increase in
the spring, reached a maximum in late July-early
August and decrease again in the fall.  The fixed
and dry weight, on the other hand, showed no consistent
pattern.
     Cladophora growth will be correlated with the
nutrient levels when the latter data becomes available.
           -244-

-------
             TABLE IX



         CLADOPHORA WEIGHTS
Station
207
tt
u
11
ft
II
216
M
ii
it
222
it
ii
it
ii
ii
228
11
237
it
ii
Date
172
179
193
209
221
292
195
209
223
297
178
196
209
223
230
301
201
213
180
202
214
Dry Weight
13.79?
13.17
18.76
18.92
35. 94
15.72
22.95
19.16
34.80
19-50
29.30
13.44
20.65
29.52
22.98
24.77
21.54
24.90
18.67
22.12
22.67
Fixed Weight
42.85*
52.40
47.72
42.91
73.. 91
82.96
57.55
49.68
26.80
61.30
65.02
35.11
45.71
64.89
36.83
68.77
43.16
46.31
41.02
47.24
28. lb
Volatile Weight
57.1535
47.60
52.28
57-09
26.09
17.04
42.45
50.32
73.20
38.70
34.98
64.89
58.29
35.11
63.17
31.21
56.84
53.69
58.98
52.76
71.85
230         14.09             22.65               77.35
              -245-

-------
E.  Chlorophyll-a
     1.  Objectives
          The chlorophyll-a data were gathered in order
     to augment the phytoplankton data regarding primary
     productivity in the near-shore and river mouth study
     areas.
     2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments
          As proposed samples for chlorophyll-a analyses
     were collected at each time and depth that a
     phytoplankton sampling was made.
     3.  Status
          The samples have been collected.
          At the request of EPA, the raw data from the
     spectrophotometric analysis of chlorophyll-a were
     forwarded to Grosee lie for entry into STORET.  Once
     the latter was complete the final values for chlorophyll-a
     were to be calculated by the STORET computer.  To dat
     these data were not retrievable.
     4.  Summary of Results
          Awaiting print-out of raw data from STORET.
                   -246-

-------
III.  CHEMICAL STUDIES
     A.   Sediments
          1.   Objectives
               The purposes  of this  phase of the  study  were
          to  ascertain the  chemical  quality  of the  sediment
          in  the Welland-Rochester near-shore zone  and  in  the
          mouths of the Genesee and  Niagara  Rivers  and  to
          measure changes that occur in those  benthic  environments
          during the duration of the Field phase  of IAGLR.
          These data were to be  contrasted  with  the quantity
          and quality of benthos as  well as  the chemical
          conditions of the  water above the  bottom.
               A total of thirty-three  (33)  parameters  were
          to  be measured on  each sample including:   nitrate,
          ammonia, organic  and total nitrogen; suspended
          and dissolved phosphorus;   total,  fixed and volatile
          solidsj   total organic carbon (TOC) and  total
          inorganic carbon  (TIC); pesticides (DDT,  DDE, ODD,
          lindane, aldrin,  dieldrln, toxaphene, chlordane,
          endrin, heptochlor and heptochlor  expoxide);  heavy
          metals (iron, manganese, copper, zinc,  lead,  mercury,
          magnesium, chromium, nickle and cadmium);
          polychlorobiphenyls (PCB's)
                       -247-

-------
2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments
     Sediment samples were collected with a Ponar
Dredge during near-shore Cruises I (18 April - 3 May),
III (19-28 June), VI (5-13 September ) and IX (6-
22 November).  Niagara River mouth samples were taken
during Cruise I (29 May - 5 June), IV (21-26 August)
and VI (5-12 December).  The Genesee River mouth
sediment was gathered during Cruise I (30 May - 1 June),
V (12-13 June), VI (22-2*1 August), and VIII (27-28
November ).   An attempt was made to obtain a sediment
sample at every station.  However, the nature of the
bottom (rock or hard-pan) prevented material from
being taken from Near-shore stations 204, 207, 210,
213, 216, 219, 222, 225 and 237, as well as Niagara
River stations .366, 369, 371, 375, 378, 379, 380,
381, 382 and 383.
     With regards to chemical analysis, a measurement
of dry weights were added to the test for solids.
Samples for pesticide and PCB analyses were sent to
the Lake Ontario Environmental Laboratory (LOTEL)
of the State University College at Oswego.  In
exchange the GLL made quantitative and quantitative
tests for the ten (10) heavy metals listed above on
sediment samples collected by LOTEL.
            -248-

-------
3.  Status
     All sediment samples gathered during 1972
In the Welland-Rochester Near-shore zone as well
as in the mouths of the Genesee and Niagara Rivers
have been analyzed with the exception of pesticides
and PCB's, which are being done by LOTEL.  These
data have been sent to EPA for input to the STORET
system.  The GLL plans to utilize the capacity of the
latter computer system to plot and analyse these
data.
^.  Summary of Results
     The analysis of sediment data from the Welland-
Rochester Near-shore zone showed a definite influence
from the Niagara River on the benthic chemistry
(Figure 1-30).
     The nature of the sediment downstream from the
Niagara and Genesee Rivers was quite sandy especially
at stations 208, 211, 2^3 and 245-  The percent
volatile solids were highest at the 4 and 8 km
stations near the Niagara River plume (stations
205, 206, 208 and 209) and decrease steadily moving
east towards Rochester.  Generally the percent dry
weights decreased and the percent volatile solids
             -249-

-------
     Figure 1



    MEAN VALUES








 PERCENT DRY WEIGHTS



        and



PERCENT VOLATILE SOLIDS








  NEAR-SHORE SEDIMENTS
     -250-

-------
    203
206    209   212
                                                                               1972  IFYGL
                                                                                3 Dry
                                                                                % Volatile Sol
              218    221     22'f
              DEEP LAKE  STATIONS
                                                                    2l»5
  20-,
    202
      203
211
211*
217   220    223    226
MID  LAKE  STATIONS
229
232
                                                                                235
                                                                           230
                                                                                                       LdO
                                                                     2k it
  2'0
-o
  1(1

_J

rj;
CJ
9
2
LU
;*
4

e:
LU

ex
c;
C3
•V
A

\/M
LU
LU
0 —
LU
_J
—
CO
rH ^

.^~M_^— •
»w/ ^x^ £

l/'\l^^ >
- c;
LU
LU
LU
LU
Lf., « o
^^ 	 -^ 	 «•
•no


.70 £
60

-------
    Figure 2





   MEAN VALUES








NITRATE NITROGEN (rag/g)




       and



ORGANIC NITROGEN (mg/g)







NEAR-SHORE SEDIMENTS
     -252-

-------
.20"
 .00
    203
                                                                                 1072  IFYGL
                                                                                 Hi trate
                                                                                 Organic-!! nr:/.'C(av.';.)
206
209   .212
215
»'"' '	f
218   221     221}    227
DEEP  LAKE  STATIONS
236   23D
                                                                                                          2.0
                                                                                                          1.4
                                                                                                             ro
                                                                                                             tn
       \-f°
2'(2    2!f5
                                                                                                          n.O
 .20,
                                        217   220     223   22C
                                        HID  LAKE STATIONS
                                                                                                          •2.0
                                                                                                              i
                                                                                                            (£
                                                                                                              to
                                                                                                              t;
                                                                                                              u
                                                                                                             o
                                                                                                          0.0
i.10
4->
rc
      <
              K.
              LJ
              c:
   t:
              C3
                   207   210
                    Yl3
                    216    219    222
                       HEAR SHORE STATIOflS

-------
    Figure 3




   MEAN VALUES








AMMONIA NITROGEN (mg/g)



       and



  TOTAL NITROGEN (mg/g)






NEAR-SHORE SEDIMENTS
     -254-

-------
.00
    203
                                                                                       1972  IFYGL

                                                                                       Atvmon i n-!!

                                                                                         otal-.'!
.20"
i

(_n
01
1
_Uo*
. 00 '
/S
_j e: / f

~ > ftjflfd/ /

0 K / /
1 ^Jtr A? i
\ I .....__ __r__

202 205 208 211

.20*



*

_.
T. 10*
K.
"S:
*~ •



_i c:
e£ UJ

^r »
cJ r.:
CJ <
~ ^?
i o
Zj <
w —

| t
o A .. .
nn » T'i 	 T 	 l~~" — ^* 	 ~ 	 * — — —
•°°201 201* 207 210
^^^^vx-^X^ X\
^^*- >n>C. "^^ \ \
iu X \
L'J \\
K. \\
o >A
L'J ^k
CO
r-l

2Ht 217 220 223 22G
II ID LAKE STATIONS

~'
1:1
IU
{.•-.
O
UJ
-J
~

CO 1
r-l
|
\f
217- 216 219 222 225
                                                                        229
232
T—
 235
233
                                                                                                                  7.0
                                                                                                             a
                                                                                                             LU
                                                                                                                 F2.0
                                                                       ^t-^*i iT.im •^JTM^^.. t-^-t ^.,,.-... j"--fj

                                                                        2 28     251    23'j
                                                                                                                      •M
                                                                                                                      O
                                                                                                                      r-
                             jj'/jy o. o
                                             HEAD  SHORE STATIOII3

-------
      Figure 4




     MEAN VALUES








DISSOLVED PHOSPHORUS (mg/g)



        and



   TOTAL PHOSPHORUS (mg/g)








 NEAR-SHORE SEDIMENTS
       -256-

-------
 ••>  ft
    203
                                                                               1972 IFYGL
                                                                               niGSOI.VF.n-P  ms/
                                                                               Total-P  m£/g
-------
          Figure 5




         MEAN VALUES








  PERCENT TOTAL ORGANIC CARBON



             and



PERCENT TOTAL INORGANIC CARBON










     NEAR-SHORE SEDIMENTS
          -258-

-------
    203
                                                                                  1972 IFYGL
                                                                                  ";T.O.C. (nv-. )
                                                                                  J.T. I .C. (avr.)
                          213
                          DEEP
                                                                                                          L0.0
                                                     22U
                                                  STATIOMi
  n .
    20
  V
  ~r-
205
20G
211
21'}
217   220     223
HID  LAKE STATIONS
                                                                     235   233
                                                                                               21*1
                                                                                                           2.0
                                                                                                              c
                                                                                     •rt- <*• 0. 0
                                                                                     2k k
  (.ft
o
O.SSrV-
   201
c.'.
<

t5
               v',
207   210
                                    U.)
                                    UJ
                                    C.C
                                    o

                                    UJ
                                                                                                      e:
                                               219   222     22'5
                                          NEAR SHORE GTATIOIfG
                                                                                                           u.n
                                                                                                           .2.0
                                                                                         2V3
                                                                                                               h-
                                                                                                               *.'
                                                                                             n.o

-------
    Figure 6
   MEAN VALUES

    IRON (;ig/g)
       and
 MAGNESIUM
NEAR- SHORE SEDIMENTS
    -260-

-------
                                                                           1972  IFYGL
                                                233     236    239     2'i2    2^5
                                    218   221    221'.
                                    DEEP LAKE STATION
1
Is)
0\
h- '
i


1] f.^
It *••-
K <
K.
c
":" •
:
' t
0
CJ
<
—1
>r! ^
?^*r
-•TX.
L'J
^
«.
£^r
<;
rj
C;
T
20:
         205    200
211
2 Ih
217   220    223   22C
MID  LAKE STATIONS
229
232    ?35   2T3
-' 201
             219   222    221
         NEAR SHORE STATIONS
                                                                    2UO    2V3

-------
   Figure 7



  MEAN VALUES







 MANGANESE



      and



     ZINC





NEAR-SHORE SEDIMENTS
        -262-

-------
       203
                                                                                  1972  IFYGL

                                                                                  Manganese
                                                                                  Zinc ue/c(avc.
                                     218    221    22/;

                                     DEEP LAKE STATIONS
                                                                                                           o
                                                                                                           r-i

                                                                                                          2 x

                                                                                                           c
i
1-0
ON
LO
I
O*-?-1
  202
20G
211
211;
217   220    223  '  22C

MID  LAKE  STATIONS
                                                               229    232,
 "T
233
(T


"

L7
M /}•
X
_c
Ow

._»
•--
<*
(J
c
2
L'.!
x'/
201

LJ
^>
M_

\
\A
^NS.
219 222 22*5 22S







V.

2Ti
                                           HEAR SHORE

-------
    Figure  8



   MEAN VALUES






  COPPER  (oig/g)



      and



   LEAD (jig/g)







NEAR-SHORE  SEDIMENTS
        -264-

-------
100
    203
                                                                               1072  IFYGL
                                                                                Copper u^
                                             i
                                     218   221     22'f
                                     DEEP  LAKE  STATIONS
                                                                                                        see
                                                                                                    2'iS
 inn-
= 50
      o
0'
^
j ., » .
202
f
20S
Ni^
208

211

21'!
A
"n

" ' i '••-
217

220

22
                                                           22C
                                        MID LAKE STATIOMS
229
                                                                       232
235
23T
21*1
                                                                                                        100
                                                                                                       .  0
 100
50  ~
— !
<*"
r~
 ..„ 	 ,.. 	
2'OJf' 207 210
N.X
UJ
L.l
c;
o
UJ
•— J
E
CO
r-l
\v

2*13 216 210 222







^ &
^^k ^^

ys«^^ v^C*i
^^» gjjT^^'i^^***
225 228 231 2Tl>
                                                                                       237
                                                                                                    L'J
                                                                                                    U'l
                                                                                                    to
                                         HEAR SHORE

-------
     Figure 9




    MEAN VALUES
   CADMIUM



       and



  CHROMIUM (jig/g)





NEAR-SHORE SEDIMENTS
      -266-

-------
      203
                                                                                 1972 IFYGL
                                                                                 CoHnium
                                                                                 fhromiun
                                 212    221     22';
                                 DEKP  LAKE  STATIC!15
                                                                                                          o

                                                                                                         •me
                                                                    2U5
I
ho
      202
205
                   211
217   220    225
HID  LAKE  STATIONS
 r-
22G
                                  229
                                                                     232
235   233
                                                        2U1
                                                                                                         200
                                                                                                         140
   20
 S
CJ
^
_J
_J
I1..1
       A
201
               c:
               L-J
               r.:
               <
             204
             207    210
213
                                      CO
                                      r-l
216    219   222
   NEAR SHORE *'•
                                                                                                        ,200
                                                                                                           L-
                                                                                                           CJ
                                                                                                         ,100

-------
   Figure 10



   MEAN VALUES







  NICKEL (jug/g)



      and



 MERCURY (jig/g)





NEAR-SHORE SEDIMENTS
    -268-

-------
2 0 0~
loo:
    203
    202
                                                                                1972 IFYGL
                                                                                 !'ic!;cl un/
                                                                                 I'ercury u^
2*05
       20D
212
215
       r
213   221     22';     227
DEEP  LAKE  STATIONS
230
205
      203
211    21'f     217    220    .223   22G     229     232
               MID LAKE STATIONS
                                                 2lT
                                                                                       233
                                                                                   2kl
                                                                                                         0
                                                                                                        .7.
                                                                                                    ca
                                                             4+
                                                               2k i;
2UU

100 *
.
1
<
cJ
c
_l
_J
t'J
.(i 	
bi
w
C.'
c:
o
A
20^' 207 210





213
                                    UJ
                                        5    219    222
                                         IIJIAR SHORE  STATIONS
                                                                                   51»0 '  2V3

-------
      Figure 11



     MEAN VALUES








  PERCENT DRY WEIGHTS



        and



PERCENT VOLATILE SOLIDS








  GENESEE SEDIMENTS
       -270-

-------
                                                                                    1972 IFYHI.
            orvy
I       I      I    »      I
555    3GC    3G1  353    357

TRANSECT #1        TRANSIICT
                                       35H
351
352
                     350
              TRANSECT #3
                                                                           359
                                                                             TRANSACT A  LAi'.E
                                                                                  3
      —I
       3fi2
                                                                                           w
                                                                                           T!
                                                                                            !i Dry UoF^
                                                                                            *Volati le  Gol idsCnvr-
                                                                                         '( o
  80 1
•M

ti

O
  50
351    352
CLOSE SHORE
                       353    35'i   355
                          HIP- SHORE
                                         35G
       157
       353   3G2
        FAR SHORE
359
300
361
                                                                                             •c

                                                                                             o

                                                                                             0!

                                                                                          ,  +J
                                                                                          3  ra
                                                                                             o

                                                                                             i-:>

-------
    Figure 12



   MEAN VALUES






NITRATE NITROGEN (mg/g)



      and



ORGANIC NITROGEN (mg/g)








  GENESEE SEDIMENT
   -272-

-------
                                                                                1072
                                                                                                           IIIVMR)
 o
   .004-7
              —7
355    3GO    3G1  353     357   355
                                                351
352   35'*     353
  TRANSECT  -53
                                                                                        TR.M'!S!-:CT  ."i  LAKE
                                                                                               Mitratc n
                                                                                               Organic-!' •:
                                                                                           1.2
                            359   3G2
                                 t-  0.0
LO
I
    .OS
  NY
 O
       i)
     Q f^..
       31S1     352
       CLOSH SiiOI^
                 353   35!>
                   MID SHORE
350   357
       350    3G2     359
          FAR SHORE
                                                                                            1.2
                                                                                                  c
                                                                                                  c
                                                                                                  bi
                                                                               SSO   351

-------
    Figure  13



   MEAN  VALUES








IMMONIA  NITROGEN (mg/g)



      and



  TOTAL  NITROGEN (mg/g)








  GENESEE SEDIMENTS
    -274-

-------
                                                                                      1Q72  IFYGLCGEMflSIZE  KIVj-R)
-':•-. 10
355     3GO    301

 TRANSACT*!
                         353    357

                           TRANSECT
                                      35G
 r^



351
                                                                                       THACSL-CT rt. LAK
  352   55k     353

    TRANSECT "3
               359    3G2
                                                                                          2.0
                                                                                                -       ,

                                                                                              To^al-f! m,T/.f:
                                                                                          l.n-
                                                                                              o
                                                                                              4J
                                                                                              o
                                                                                              t-
                                                                                         .0.0
i
ho
     351    352

     CLOSE Si!0.".I:
                      353    35i}

                        HID  SHORE
                                           35G
i.* -in*.; «•_'.	t



  357
'•^•-*

 353
   302      359-

FAR 5110RI:
                                      360
-•-«•-»•"

 3G1
                                                                                                    1.5
                                                                                                    .75   .1

                                                                                                         ra
                                                                                                         *j
                                                                                                         c
                                                                                                 -  0.0

-------
    Figure 1*4



   MEAN VALUES






DISSOLVED PHOSPHORUS  (mg/g)



       and



   TOTAL PHOSPHORUS (mg/g)








  GENESEE SEDIMENTS
       -276-

-------
      355     300   301  353     357   35G
       TRANSECT*1         TRAilSECT ;?2
351 •    352    351*     j
          THAMSECT i?3
                                                                                           j  .-iHi ssol v?d-P mrlrAn
                                                                                             'Totnl-P m";/;-:  (?v;O
                                                                                                o
                                                                                                i--
                                                       '»-—-—-7

                                                      359    302
                                                                                         I. 0.0
N) . "'i.'i
  tn
 •£. OCV!
  i
 c.
                                To-mt-P
       "* i M *: rr  c* s
553   35l>      355
  t!! n ^i
                                                                     302      359
                                                                  PAR SNORE
                                                           C
                                                           I-
                                     3GO    3G1

-------
          Figure 15





         MEAN VALUES




  PERCENT TOTAL ORGANIC CARBON



            and



PERCENT TOTAL INORGANIC CARBON








      GENESEE SEDIMENTS
              -278-

-------
                               1972
                                                                                                 ENrsni: UIVI-IR)
                                                                                     TRANSACT fi  LAKE
                                                                                            "'T.O.C.  (nv::)
                                                                                            ST. I.C.  (av.O
                           73»<
                  3G1
353    357    35G
  TRAiiSilCT #2
                                                                                      1.0
352   35d     :
  TRANSECT  -53
                                                                          359    3G2
h-
0 I,-™.-..-.
  35T    352
  CLOSE SMOKE
                     353
35/1
GilORE
n™. AV— *

357

                                     353
              3G2
          FAR SHORE
359
350   361
                                                                                                1.5

-------
   Figure 16



  MEAN VALUES








  IRON (jug/g)



     and



MAGNESIUM (jug/g)







GENESEE SEDIMENTS
 -280-

-------
 I"'
c
Lu
   351
   CLOSE SHORE
355   3GO  3G1
 TKAMSSCT01
                 3   357  35G
                 TRAiiSECT i?2
                   /~Vtf<
               7^'
               /       ***
353  35/>
 HID SIIOR!-
          3
                151   352  35!;   ;
                      TRAMSECT "3
                                                        1072  irYGKcuiir

                                                         THA!!3!-CT u LAK
                                            0  I ron u^/.^
                                              Ma^nc s i un
302
                                     3GS  3G2
                                       FAR SIIORf:

 3GO   351
                                                                      .s ( a V5' )

-------
   Figure  17



  MEAN VALUES






 MANGANESE  (jug/g)



    and



   ZINC  (>ig/g)





GENESEE SEDIMENTS
   -282-

-------
                                                                                     1972 IFYGUGENITSEII P.IVI-RJ
C-J
 o
                                                                                      TRANSECT A  LAKE
 v.  2-
             3GO
       TRAUSECTi'l
53     357
 TRANSECT
                                 356
»-^—

351
352   35'*
  TRANSECT #3
                                                                                             Zinc un/^
                                                                                          c
                                                                                          N
359   3G2
 oo  (v
 l
                                     '•/'•*-
351    352
CLOSE SHORE
                       353
                        HID
                      35G   357     35S    3G2     359     360   3(51
                                      FAR SHORE
                                                                                                '1.5
                                                                                                     c
                                                                                                     M
                                                                                                -o

-------
  Figure 18



 MEAN VALUES








 COPPER (jug/g)



    and



  LEAD (jig/g>




GENESEE SEDIMENTS
       -284-

-------
                                                                                   1972
                                                                                                          iMV.'-fi)
                   301   353     357    356
                           TRAHSECT #2
                                               •v-
                                                                                       THAI!.';.!•:CT ."  LA;;;;
                                                                                        r(j,n  Copper  u-i/.
                                                                                            Lone) u,T/^(
                                            351     352    35't     35G     359    3G2
                                                      TRANSECT #3
                                                                                     kio
Ui
  30-
           ft-
Q .ii.j™,,™,^...^	»

  351     352

  CLOSE  SHORE
353
  HID SHORE
                                                                                                 'CO
                                                                                                  30
355   302
   FAR SHORE
                                                                             359-    3GO    3S1

-------
   Figure 19



  MEAN VALUES








 CADMIUM (jug/g)



      and



CHROMIUM (jug/g)








GENESEE SEDIMENTS
     -286-

-------
355    3GO    3G1
  353    357    358
    TRAi.'SECT  «!2
351    352    35'*     :
         TRANSECT #3
                                                                     359
                                                              1972 I

                                                               THAflSilCT u LAKH
                                                                                    Cadmium
                                                                                    Chromium
                                                                                                i: HIV.'-iR)
                     -7-

                    3G2
CLOSE SHORE
353
  HID S!!OR£
                                               mj.J ft-i-	E

                                                357
                                                                                          •60
                                                                                          '30
358   302      359
   FAR SHORE
                                    360    301

-------
   Figure 20




  MEAN VALUES







  NICKEL Oug/g)



      and



 MERCURY -(jig/g)







GENESEE SEDIMENTS
    -288-

-------
                                                                               1972
                                                                                                    El: RIVI-IR)
1 nn
      TRAMSECT*1
                  3G1
                   353    357   356
                     TRAiiSliCT $2
351
                                352    35/i    j
                                  TRANSECT #3
                                                                                    TRAUGI-CT  u  LA
                                                                                      ,  ,,  f.'ickel i
                                                                                       ' "  Mercury
                                                                          359    3G2
i
NJ
00
 00
3.50*
  0 ^
yjl    352
CLOSE SHORE
353   351}
  DID SHORE
       357    358    302     359
                 FAR SHORE
                                                                                              B-O.
                                                                                  3GO   351
                                                                                              * Q Q

-------
      Figure 21



     MEAN VALUES






  PERCENT DRY WEIGHT



         and



PERCENT VOLATILE WEIGHT








   NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
        -290-

-------
                                                                                    T172  I FYCL( IIIAGARA  RIVER)
    ;

*?
 \:r:!.';!it

*•***»
 PRY
                                                                           TRANSECT ,"t LAKE

                                                             TSDry Weight fi Z Volatile  SolidsCavO
                                                                                               -1?.
                                         V«t
        \
                                         \
                                                         V4I4
                                                               V
                                                                                                             10
                                                                                                             TJ
                 369 307 3G5  3GG  373 370 371  372  37't  375 37G  377  373  330 331 33't  379  332 333 335  326
                   TRANSECT t-7.      TRANSECT #3-    TRANSECTn    TRANSECT #5            TRANSECT #G
                                                                                                          n
                         vat
3/7" 3 70
MOUTH
            05  370  37;
            CLOSE  SHORE
                              till)  SHORE'
                                                                303  3*o5 s'cTD? 37G  3 ifl  3
                                                                         -FAR SHORE
                                                                                                      12
                                                                                                          VI
                                                                                                          -a
                                                                                                          o

                                                                                                          

                                                                                                          
-------
    Figure 22



   MEAN VALUES







NITRATE NITROGEN (mg/g)



      and



ORGANIC NITROGEN (mg/g)








 NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
     -292-

-------
                                                                                         W.  I FYCLC! I ACAKA III '/*,'>
                                                                                          Tn*tim:pT « I Ai/rr
                                                                                          I i\<\ lOi.L I  ct L/\i\il
                                                                      Ultrato-M  ft Organic-!! m?./?, Cnv:)
                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                                  u:
5CO 30G   'i
 ^TRANSECT
 3G3  3G9 3G7  365 3GS 373  370 371 372  37'i 375  37G   "77 373  380 331.33*>  379 332  333  335 38G
L        TRANSECT tZ      TRANSECT ?3     TRAMSECT^t     TRANSECT *5            TRAHSI-CT *G
   i:o3-f!  r, in"
"37 3 3")T 377  37^)
   MOUTM
:J5 370  37«  3?? 3
CLOSE SIIORII
                                                                                                           0.0
                                                                                                           0.3^
                                                                                                              
-------
    Figure 23



   MEAN VALUES






AMMONIA NITROGEN (mg/g)



      and



 TOTAL NITROGEN (mg/g)






   NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
         -294-

-------
                                                                                  1972 IFYGLOMAGARA RIVER)
                                                                                    TRAIISI-CT u  LAKE
                                                                    Ammonia-M ft  Total-t! tig/^
                                                  \

                                                                                                            I
                                                                                                            ro
                                                                                                            o
       3Gd 3G3   3G9  3G7  365 3G8 373 370 371  372  37tt 375 376  377 378 3.10  331- 33'i 379 332 3G3 385  386
TRAMSIiCT H        TRANSECT *2     TRANSECT -53     TRAHSECTfii    TRANSECT *5            TRANSECT  #6
MOUTH
 G/Q 37.1
CLOSR SIIOUI-

3G*7
HID SHORE'
                                                                                                    0.6
                                                                                                   '0.3
                                                                         FAR SHORE

-------
    Figure 24



   MEAN VALUES




DISSOLVED PHOSPHORUS (rag/g)



        and



 TOTAL PHOSPHORUS (mg/g)








  NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
      -296-

-------
                                                                                       1 '.) 72  I F Y C L ( ! ! I AC', A F> A H ! V r R )
                 x  ic
                                                                                         TKA'IGIiCT ."  LAKE
                                                                           Pi scol vex!-? ''; Totol-P m.t/^(avr.)
                                                                                                 £>
                                                                     ^v
                                                                 <$*

                                                                                                               IB
                                                                                                               o
         5C<) 3(i
C9 3G7  365  303 373 370 371 372 37U  375  37G   377 373 3SO 331.3GI> 379  332  333 335 38(='
 TRANSECT £2     TRANSECT #3    TRAIISECTS'i    TRANSACT #5           TRAHSGCT #6

                   x 10'
             Dis.
                      V««»-P
                       01*. f*
/
                                                      . • I9
3o9~373  jfii  377 370  3*36 370 3
                                                                 3.'/3
                                                                                                        o.n
                                                                                                        0.3
                                                                                                             1C
                                                                                 c.
                                           3'C,
               (K)UTil
                     CLOSiL SHORE
                     111!) SHORE'
       376
FAU SHORE
                                                                                                 3C5  335
                                                                           ~> 0

-------
          Figure 25



         MEAN VALUES








  PERCENT TOTAL ORGANIC CARBON



             and



PERCENT TOTAL INORGANIC CARBON








      NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
             -298-

-------
                                                                                        l'.)72  II-'YQLCIIAGARA RIVKR)
0
   T.O.C,
                                                   T
                                                                                          TRADSMCT  fi LAKE
                                                                                      "JT.O.C.  .'. r.-T. I .C.  CavO-
                              =*3ttW^    jw—Mjroa^—
                                                                                                              -3.0




                                                                                                                2.0

                                                                                                                  o


                                                                                                               l.n1""
 3C9 3GG   3d> 303  369  367  365 3G8 373  370 371 372  37l> 375 37G   377 373 3HO  331  33h 37J) 30?.  333 335 386'
   rPxAi.'GIICT n        TRANSECT ^2      TRAIIGECT #3     TRAIir>ECT*U     TRANSECT #5   .         TRANSACT #G
                                           TIC
                                                                       T*<
359 :i73  374  l>TT~il^
      MOUTil
336 370 y/
 CLOSi: SIIORC
30*7
1111) SHORE'
                                             3*G 3 "J'o
                                                                                   ? 2 3 7 G 3 d
                                                                               FAR SlinilE
                                                                                                             3.0
                                                                                                           1.0

-------
   Figure 26



  MEAN VALUES







  IRON (jag/g)



     and



MAGNESIUM Cug/g)







 NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
  -300-

-------
                                                                                      1!) 72  1 FYCL(1! I AGARA III V^R
                                                                                        TRAMGMCT  A LAKE

                                                                                 ron ": !'a.-;nesiun  u?J:r. (ay;)
                                                   V
                                                                                                            •- 10
                                                                                                                 t;
                                                                                                                 re
5C9 TfiG   30U  303  3C9 3G7  365  302  373 370 371  372 37U 375  37G   377 373 3150  381 .32/> 379 332  303 335 38G'

  TRAf.'SECT  »l       TRAM3ECT  «?.      TRAMGECT  i'3     TRAIIGECTflj     TRAMSIICT «5            TRANSECT #G
 u>
 o
    Fe  x 10J
                                                                     ft,
                                         f
-------
    Figure 27



   MEAN VALUES








  MANGANESE  (jig/g)



      and



   ZINC (jug/g)







NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
       -302-

-------
    \'.n x  10"
                                                              y**
                                                                 1!)72  IFYCLCMAGARA RIVER)

                                                                   TRAIISECT i"  LAKE
                                                     .Mannctnose  ft Zinc un/.i  (avr:)
                                                                       /KM
                                                                          \
                                                                                                                60
                                                                                                                  c.
                                                                                                                  M
                                                                                                               30
U-'1	™.r~.~_~^=orc«r,    r-^^ary*^***?^-^*    >	—«——"J™"—=1    »	"" I	»    «~~	»"	* 	'"•'»	»     < '—"V" • «y—="5"""""^
3CD 3fiC   3GU 3G3  369 367 365  3GC  373 370  371  372 37H 375  37G   377 373  3fiO 331'33'j  379 332 333  335  38C
  TRAIiSf-CT *1        TRANSECT *7.      TRAIiGECT #3     TRAIISECT*U     TRAHSI-CT ?5            TRAHSECT *G
    (In x  10'
I':
 ."	"5 .	_y ~~—_,	
369 37-  3711  377
      COUTH
3iio 370
 CLOSE SIIORL:
                                        35307  3?
                                            MIR  SHORE'
3^3~?o5  3(38 31TT7G  3
          FAR SHORE
                                                                                                          '60
                                                                                                          I 30
                                                                                                              c.
                                                                                                              t-t
                                                                                                         I". 10

-------
  Figure 28



 MEAN VALUES
COPPER



    and




 LEAD (jig/g)






NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
     -304-

-------
                                                                                 l'.)72  ll:YCL(i!IAGARA  RIVER)
Cu
p"*~	v
 5c<)  :;GG
                                                                                   TPwMISI-CT C( LAKE
                                                                          Copper &  Lead u"-./", (nvr;)
                                                                                                       . 10
         3G5  3G9  3G7  3G5 3G8 373  370  371 372 37'j 375  370  377 373  3flO 301 33'; 379  332 333 335  38C
                                                                             '
TPw\MS!ZCT  $?.
                                 TRAMCEC
                                                       TRAIIGECT^U    TRAi-ISIICT #5 '
                                                                                        TRAMSMCT

                                          CM-
                                                                                                   fr 30
                                                                                                    20
                                                                                                    10
MOUTH
 3 Go 370  37.7
  ciosr SHORE
                                         3VT?7 37^*77*5
                                            HID SHORE'
                                                              303 3t 5  3}j8  3 f 2~ ~3~7TT?i  3
                                                                        FAR SHORE

-------
   Figure 29



  MEAN VALUES








 CADMIUM Oig/g)



     and



CHROMIUM (jug/g)








NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
          -306-

-------
                                                                                       l'.)72 I!:YCL(!!IAGARA RIVER)
.fr
                                                                                         TRA!IG::CT  a  LAKE

                                                                             Cadmium  A  Chromium UJT/,":  (avr;)
                                                                                                             100
 3C<) 3GG  3GK  3G3  3G9 3G7 3C5  3GG  373 370 371  372  37'> 375 37G   377  373 3150 331-331!  379 332 333  335  38(fn
   TRA:;:;I:CT  n        TRANSECT t?.      TRAIIGECT *3     TRANSECTS     TRANSECT #5            TRAMSMCT #G
  i
                                                                                                         •150
                                                                                                         '100
              5/7 370
       MOUT:
                                                                                                               o
CLOSE SIIORL-
    371

lill) SHORE
FAR SHORE

-------
   Figure  30



  MEAN VALUES





  NICKEL (yg/g)



     and



MERCURY (jug/g)








 NIAGARA SEDIMENTS
    -308-

-------
                                                        II:YCLC!IAGARA R
                                       'iicl-.cl .';
                                                                              TRA:IS:-:CT  n  LAKE
                                                                          I'ercury u?,/Z  (<~>vr;)
\  M

                                                                         •r,  r
                                                                         •O.I*
  510   3G9  3G7 363 303  373 370 371  372 37'i 375  37G  377 373  3HO 331 3G!(  37
21        TRANSECT $2      TRAIIGECT  S3     TR/MISECTn    TRANSECT *5
                                                       9 332 333
                                                         fRAMSKCT
                                                                               3S5 381?
                                                                                #G
                                                                      0.0
                                                                     ' O.li
MOUTH
    /O 37;:
CL05I- SIIORII
                              ________ ,p_r-,..- __ m — ,„

                            351; 3C7  371 37*5
                                HID  SHORE'
                                         G3 39  375
                                         FAR SHORE

-------
Increased in distance from the shore.  The nitrate
and ammonia nitrogen values ranged greatly but
were consistently higher at the 8 km stations.
The organic'nitrogen and total nitrogen were higher
at the 8 km stations and between the Niagara and
Genesee River plumes at the 4 km stations.  The
dissolved phosphorus concentrations of the 4 km
stations were lower than the 8 km sites.  Dissolved
and total phosphorus values were relatively constant
at 0.005 mg/g and 0.5 mg/g respectively.  The TIC-TOG
contents of the sediment were highest at the 4 km
stations except at the Niagara River.  Apart from
the Niagara River the TIC-TOG concentrations were
relatively constant at about 1.055 at the *J km stations,
approximately 0.5% TIC and 1.2/5 TOG at the 8 km
stations.
     In terms of metals, the Influence of the
Niagara River was greatest at stations 205 and 268.
In general, all the metals had high concentrations
at the 8 km stations decreasing slightly to the
east.  At the 4 km stations the concentrations were
low near the Niagara River, increased sharply just
east of the Niagara River and decreased slowly towards
the Genesee River.  The near-shore stations showed
                  -310-

-------
little influence from the Genesee River since
all the sampling points, with the exception of
one transect were taken on the west side of the
river.  East of the Genesee River, there was a
slight increase at station 2^4 for all parameters
measured.  Zinc concentration increased sharply
at this near-shore station.
     Discussion of the 1/2 ion stations is
difficult since only five-(5) of the proposed fifteen
(15) stations yielded any analyzable sediment.  Of
these 5 stations, the 3 west of the Genesee River
were sampled only once.
     No temperature correlation can be attempted
since the maximum temperature variation is only 3°C.
During the first sampling the water was isothermal at 3°C,
During the other samplings the lake was stratified
and the sediment water interfact temperature were 5-6°C.
     The only areas which would show temperature
variations wfeire the 1/2 km stations (being above the
thermocline) but unfortunately all of these sites
could not be sampled.
     The only seasonable variation observed was the
phosphorus content between the spring and fall
samplings.  During the spring and fall the phosphorus
                 -311-

-------
                                Figure 31

                       GENESEE RIVER MOUTH SAMPLING SITES
      357 „-•
                 353
West Transect
54	X355
    mid shore
                                                                        .361
             East Transect
                                          352 close
                                              shore
                               hannel Transect
                                Genesee

                                 River
                                                   	  close,  mid  and  far  shore
                                                   	.  transect  lines
                                     -312-

-------
concentrations were considerably higher.
     For the sake of discussion the stations at
the mouth of the Genesee River have been grouped
into three (3) zones - West Transect, Channel
Transect and East Transect - on an East-West plain
and three (3) zone-close shore, mid-shore and
far-shore - on a north- south plain.  This is shown
on Figure 3^.
     The benthic chemical conditions at the mouth
of the Genesee River (Figure 31  ) were quite
similar to those of the near-shore zone.  The sediment,
unlike that of the Niagara River area, was a sandy
ooze.  Percent dry weights were all being 60-70% except
for one station, 355, which was considerably higher.
The percent volatile solids are quite consistent in the
channel transect and in the far shore stations.
Percent volatile solids were lower on both sides of
the channel transect and at the mid-shore stations.  The
nitrate nitrogen concentrations ranged from station
to station  but except for station 356 the values all fell
between 0.2-0.4 mg/g.  The organic and total nitrogen
content was high at the far-shore stations and in the
channel transect.  The east transect had a high value
at station 360 but the other two were low.  The
                -313

-------
organic nitrogen content in the west transect
Increased with depth of water.  The ammonia nitrogen
concentrations were highest in the channel transect
especially at the close shore.  The other ammonia
values were relatively constant at 0.15-0.20 mg/g.
The totaU phosphorus concentrations were also
relatively constant (.5-.75 mg/g).  The dissolved
phosphorus content was quite high (.003 -.006 mg/g)
in channel transect, particularly at the mid and far
shore stations.
     Seasonable variations were observed in the
phosphorus concentrations.  The phosphorus values
were 25 to 5Q% higher in the spring and fall,
especially in the close and mid shore  stations,
than in the summer.  TOG concentrations were highest
in the far shore stations. The content was relatively
constant at all stations around the Genesee River.
The TOC concentrations were particularly high in
the east transect.  These east transect sediment samples
contained small amounts of what appears to be coal.
     The iron concentrations were quite variable
throughout the entire Genesee River sampling area.
The far shore stations showed a decreased iron content
from west to east.  The highest Iron concentration was
              -314-

-------
                                     Figure  32

                            NIAGARA RIVER MOUTH SAMPLING  SITES
                                    Transect  #if
                      Transect #3
                                                      Transect  #5
           Transect #2
Transect
                                                               336'
                                                                    Transect
    farshore
mid shore"
                                                  Niagara
                                                   River
                                        -315-

-------
noted at station 352, a close shore station.
     Magnesium concentrations were highest in the
close shore and again in the channel transect at the
far shore stations.  The magnesium concentrations
were quite low in the west transect and increased
steadily in the east transect away from the Genesee River,
     Manganese and zinc showed a relatively constant
concentration over the entire sampling area.  Copper
and lead also were constant over the entire sampling
area with the exception of quite high values (30;ug/g Cu,
40 ;ug/g Pb) in the middle of the channel transect at
the mid and far shore stations.   The same was true of
cadmium and chromium except for high concentrations
of stations 352, 35^, 356 and 358 (all in the channel
transect).  N  concentration was low, except In the
channel transect.  Stations 352 and 358 were especially
high.  The mercury concentrations were quite low
(^0.2 ug/g) except in the west portion of the channel
transect at the mid and far shore lake stations.
     For purposes of discussion the Niagara River
stations also have been grouped into four (4) east-west
and six (6) north-south transects (Figure 32).
One must realize that any conclusions of the following
                 -316-

-------
data must be general at best, since eleven (11)
of the twenty-four (24) proposed stations all
of a transect 6 had a rock bottom.
     The sediment collected from the Niagara River
were all sandy;  with high percent dry weights.
The percent volatile solids in the center of the
mouth of the Niagara River were the highest of any
station in the project.  The far shore volatile
solids were consistently between 2-^%.  Nitrate
nitrogen content was high (.02 mg/g) in the center
of the river mouth and low on either side.  To the
west of the Niagara River (Transect 1) the nitrate
nitrogen concentration was high but decreased towards1
the river mouth and increased again on the east side
of the mouth.  The nitrate nitrogen concentration
at Station 381 (a far shore station) was particularly
high.  The organic, ammonia and total nitrogen
values were high in the center of the river mouth and
on the west side of the river but relatively low at
the other sites.
     Total phosphorus concentrations at the river
mouth were low but increased with greater depth of water
The values of the far shore stations directly north
of the river mouth were quite high  and decreased on
                  -317-

-------
either side of these stations.  The dissolved
phosphorus contents were high in the center of the
mouth of the Niagara River and relatively low at
all the other sampling sites.
     TIC-TOG concentration varied over the sampling
area.. The highest observed TOO contents were west
of the Niagara River and decreased steadily to the
east.  TIC values were particularly high at the
river mouth (37^ and 377).  These were the highest
TIC values measured during the study.  TIC values also
were high in the far shore stations directly north
of the river mouth.
     Iron concentrations  were low at the mouth of
the river and increased on all transects with greater
depth of water.  Magnesium concentrations also were
low in the Niagara River sampling area.
     Zinc ,and manganese also were low in this area
except for the stations directly north of the mouth.
     Copper and lead contents were high at the mouth
of the river, particularly in the center but decreased
sharply in the deeper waters.
     Cadmium and chromium were low in this area with a
few exceptions.  Cadmium was high at station 377 (at
the mouth of the river) and chromium was high at
                  -318-

-------
station 376, a far shore station directly north
of the mouth.  The other values for cadmium and
chromium were relatively constant.
     Nickel concentrations were high at the center of
the mouth of the Niagara River and to the west of
the river.  Station 372, a far shore station, north
of the mouth also was quite high.
     Mercury concentration also was low in this area
except for those stations west of the Niagara River.
     Little seasonable variation in ion concentration
was noted in the Niagara River area.
     More intensive analysis of these data, including
contrasting sediment and water chemistry and biological
measurements will be made when the information has
been entered into STORET.
          -319-

-------
B.  Water
     1.  Objectives
          The objectives of this phase of the
     project essentially were the same as those
     described above for sediment.
     2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments
          As stated in the proposal by the GLL to EPA,
     water samples were gathered with a 4.1 liter Van
     Dorn Collection Bottle from one (1)  meter below the
     surface, mid-depth and one (1) meter above the bottom
     during each near-shore and river mouth cruise for  a
     total of more than two thousand (2000) collections.
     The pH, ammonium ion content and total alkalinity  of
     each sample were determined immediately after the
     water was collected.  The water samples were
     preserved in order that the quantity of each of the
     following proposed parameters could  be ascertained
     at EPA's Rochester Field Station:  nitrate, nitrite,
     organic and total nitrogen; suspended, soluble and
     total phosphorus; total organic carbon; sulfates;
     chlorides; silicon dioxide; phenols; calcium; sodium;
     potassium; heavy metals (iron, magnesium, mercury,
     lead, zinc, chromium, selenium, cadmium, nickel,
     manganese and copper); pesticides (DDT, DDE,1 DDD,
     lindane, aldrin, dieldrln, toxaphene, endrln,
                  -320-

-------
toxaphene, chlordane, heptochlor and heptochlor
expbxide).
     The ammonium measurements were abandoned
when It was determined that they could not be
measured with any degree of confidence with a
specific ion electrode.
3.  Status
     The alkalinity and pH values were forwarded
to EPA for Insertion into the IPYGL data bank.
     The status of the water analyses being conducted
by EPA-Rochester is unclear.  No data has been entered
into STORET.
4.  Summary of Results
     Few conclusions can be drawn due to the fact
that the results of the analyses concerning those
parameters measured by EPA-Rochester area were not
available at this writing.
     Examination of the results of tests made in
the field showed that the alkalinity ranged from
95-113 ppm with no consistent pattern in the
vertical or horizontal profiles or between the values
observed at the same station on different cruises,
in the near-shore zone or at the mouth of the
Niagara River.   However, at the mouth of the Genesee
              -321-

-------
River the surface waters had an alkalinity
of up to 124 ppm while the measurements of
about 100 ppm were found at the mid and bottom
waters.
     The pH differed by as much as 0.5 units between
the 1/2 and 8 km stations with the lower values
found at the latter collection sites.  During the
spring there was little difference in the pH with
depth at the near-shore and Niagara River stations.
However, when the lake was stratified, the pH
was higher above the thermocline than below.  After
the stratification was destroyed, there again was
little difference between the pH from the surface
to the bottom.
     The pH of the Genesee River surface was consistently
lower than lower depths irregardless of the season.
               -322-

-------
IV.  PHYSICAL STUDIES
     A.  Ship-Board
          1.   Objectives
               This phase of the survey was designed to
          determine the changes in oxygen concentrations,
          temperature and light transmission, each measured
          on vertical and horizontal plains.   From the above
          the location and duration of the thermal bar and
          thermocline was to be calculated along with the
          nature and extent of the plumes from tributaries
          discharging into the Welland-Rochester near-shore
          zone.
          2.   Plans vs. Accomplishments
               The proposed measurements to be made at
          each station on every cruise included: oxygen-
          temperature profile, light (transmission) profile,
          pH and conductivity at the surface, mid-depth and
          bottom.  All of the above was accomplished with the
          exception that the light meter (submarine photometers)
          malfunctioned on the second Genesee River mouth
          sampling and was not repaired until the last cruise
          in 1972 (27-29 November).
                          -323-

-------
3.  Status
     All data has been calculated (i.e., percent
transmission, conductivity adjusted to 25°C, etc.)
and sent to EPA, Grosse lie, for entering in STORET.
At this time, this information Is not ready for
retrieval.
4.  Summary of Results
     The GLL has been awaiting the entry of the
data in STORET in order to use the capacity of the
latter system to plot the mean, median, standard
deviation, co-efficient of variance, variance and
standard error via the Invent Program.  Hence,
extensive analysis of this information has not been
done.  However, some generalizations can be drawn
from the raw information.
     A thermal bar was present during the 18 April
through 3 May 1972 period.  It extended between
stations 202 (4 km) and 203  (8 km) and 204 (1/2 km)
and 205 (4 km) to the mouth of the Niagara River.
To the east it reappeared to the shoreward-side of
station 210 (1/2 km), extended between stations 213
(1/2 km) and 21*4 (^ km) and again to the shore south
of station 216 (1/2 km).  From the latter, it was
              -324-

-------
present between the 1/2 and 4 km stations through



219 (1/2 km) and 220 ( 4 km).  East of the 234 (1/2 km),



235 (4 km) and 236 (8 km) chain it Intersected the



shore to the south of station 337 (1/2 km).  To



the east the thermal bar again was found between



the 1/2 and 4 kilometer stations.



     On the 10-23 May 1972 cruise the bar had



moved lakeward.  It was observed between stations



202 (4 km) and 203 (8 km).  However, instead of



moving to the shore, it extended to the north of



stations 206 (8 km) and 209 (8 km).  To the east



it stretched Just below the 4 km stations 211, 214, 217 and



220 from which it was found between the 4 and 8 km



stations through 238 and 239.  It was north of 8 km



stations 243 (8 km) and 245 (8 km).



     A thermal bar was not observed again in 1972.



     With respect to vertical temperature



stratification, isothermal conditions were observed



on the 18 April through 3 May and 10 through 23 May



1972 cruises.  During the 19-28 June cruise a



thermocline was present between 10 and 15 meters at



all stations.  The stratification was found between



15 and 20 meters on both Cruise IV (12-2-1 July) and



V (25 July - 2 August).  On the 5-13 September cruise
                -325-

-------
the thermocline was observed between twenty (2)
and twenty-five (25) meters at the 4 and 8 km
stations.  However, the thermocline had risen to
15 meters at the *J and 8 km stations on cruise
VII (21 September - 4 October).   On Cruise VIII
the thermocline had sunk below ^5 meters.  The last
stratification was noted at station 220 and 30
October.  On Cruise IX (6-22 November) and X (ll-l1!
December) the water was isothermal with slightly
warmer conditions found at the 4 and 8 km stations.
     No significant difference was observed in the
dissolved oxygen profiles between the 1/2, 4 and 8 km
stations on any single cruise.  This includes the
period when thermal stratification was present.
Contrasting the changes with the seasons, the
dissolved oxygen decreased from 13-1** ppm in the
spring to 10-11 ppm in the summer. It Increased to
11-12 ppm in the fall and 12-13 ppm by the winter.
     Conductivity (300-310 jumohs) was fairly uniform
from the surface to the bottom prior to stratification,
There also was little variation between the 1/2, 4
and 8 km stations or from one end of the near-shore
zone to the other.  However, after stratification
the epilimnetic waters had a conductivity of
             -326-

-------
     280-300 ^mohs while the hypolimnion was 300-325
     jumohs.   This condition persisted until Cruise XIII
     at which time the vertical mixing occurred and
     the conductivity returned to 300-310 jumohs.
B.  Other Physical Measurements in Study Area
     1.  Objectives
          Other researchers in the IAGLR Program also
     made measurements and collections in the same regions
     as the  GLL.  Each of these studies had individual
     objectives, which can be obtained from the Project
     Director of each project, in addition to providing
     information that could be used by other researchers.
     2.  Plans vs. Accomplishments
          The direction, duration and intensity of currents
     in the  Welland-Rochester near-shore area were to
     be made by scientists at the Rochester Field Office
     of the  Environmental Protection Agency and the
     University of Rochester.  The GLL has contacted these
     researchers and is awaiting inputs on the nature and
     extent  of their data.
          The discharges from the Niagara and Genesee
     River also were measured.  These data also are being
     sought  as is the information from the meterological
     towers  in and near the near-shore zone.
     3.  Status
          Unknown.
     lJ.  Summary of Results
          Unknown.
                       -327-

-------
V.  BUDGET VS. ACCOMPLISHMENTS



     The sediment chemistry and physical phases of the



study are on schedule.  The analyses of benthos is somewhat



behind but should be completed by the termination of the grant.



The phytoplankton and zooplankton identification and



quantification will not be finished by the end of the grant



due to the problems  explained above.  A three (3) month



extension is being requested.  There should be sufficient



funds left in the 1973-74 grant to-cover the estimated costs of



$6324 (1 Research Assistant for three months @ $833/month plus



fringe benefits of $450 and overhead of $374.00; one consultant •



Mrs. Sharon Czaika - 3 months @ $1000/month).



     The above savings in the 1973-7** grant come as a result



of the fact that the consultant, proposed to be hired under



the 1973-74 award, to assist with the development of a

                                             «c +

mathematical model ef the near-shore zone was  added to the
                                             A


GLL staff.  This was due to the fact that one  of the major



inputs to the proposed model - specifically the results



of the 1972 and 1973 water chemistry - has not become available.



Until this Information, along with the results of the



measurements in the GLL's study area by other IFYGL researchers,



Is completed, a comprehensive model cannot be  constructed.



Since these data may not be available by the end of the period



of 1973-74 award, a 1974-75 grant proposal (for approximately
                          -328-

-------
$10,000) to support the modeling will have to be made



or the model will have to be abandoned by the GLL.
                        -329-

-------
  A REMOTE SENSING PROGRAM FOR THE DETERMINATION

OF CLADOPHORA DISTRIBUTION IN LAKE ONTARIO (IFYGL)
                Grant Number 800778
                   F. C. Polcyn
              Environmental Research
               Institute of Michigan

-------
               A REMOTE SENSING PROGRAM FOR THE DETERMINATION
             OF CLADOPHORA DISTRIBUTION IN LAKE ONTARIO (IFYGL)

                              GRANT NUMBER 800778

A.    REVIEW OF THE SUBJECT UNDER STUDY

      This investigation is designed to contribute to the U. S.  Biological

and Chejnical program in Lake Ontario (IFYGL) by providing data regarding

the distribution of Cladophora along the U. S. shoreline of the lake.

      Any attempt to delineate the distribution of Cladophora on a large

scale basis must face the issue that conventional methods of data acquisition

are totally inadequate for this purpose.  Therefore, the present study is

designed to exploit the capabilities of remote sensing technology for

mapping submerged aquatic vegetation.  The program includes multispectral

and photographic data collection, using the ERIM remote sensing aircraft,

and computer processing of the multispectral scanner data to map the dis-

tribution, calculate areas, and estimate biomass of Cladophora.



B.    PLANNED OPERATION VERSUS ACTUAL OPERATION

      The original program provided for one multispectral aircraft data

collection mission during the month of June 1972 along the entire shoreline

of Lake Ontario.  The intent was to acquire approximately 500 miles of data

along a flight track 1500 feet wide for subsequent processing on a sampled

basis.  The program also provided for limited data processing to establish

the computer techniques best suited for routinely processing the data set.
                                   -330-

-------
      Data were collected on June 20, 1972 along the U. S. shoreline from




Niagara to Stony Pt. at the eastern end of the lake.  Poor weather conditions




forced cancellation of the plan to collect data over Canadian portions of




the lake.  Because of very unfavorable field conditions in June along




portions of the flight line, particularly between Rochester and Stony Pt.,




a second mission was recommended for the month of July.  Upon consultation




with the EPA project monitor, the original plan for data collection over




Canadian waters was abandoned in favor of a second mission along the U. S.




shore.  This mission was carried out^ on July 31, 1972.  A Canadian decision




to collect data over Canadian waters provided added justification for




restricting activities to U. S. portions of the lake.









C.    COST TO PROGRAM BECAUSE OF STUDY DEVIATION




      The modification described above had no effect in terms of cost




to the contract.  The original plan of operations provided for one data




collection mission consisting of 500 data miles.  The subsequent modification




resulted in two missions for a total of approximately 500 miles.  Likewise




the modification will have no effect on the current data processing phase




of the program.









D.    STATUS OF THE PROGRAM




      The first year of the program was devoted to multispectral data




collection and the determination of the most suitable computer-implemented




Cladophora mapping procedures.
                               -331-

-------
      Two multispectral data collection missions were completed along the




U. S. shoreline, June 20, 1972 and July 31, 1972, from altitudes of 1300 ft




and 2000 ft respectively.  Twelve channel multispectral scanner data were




recorded in addition to black-white and color photography.  Four scanner




channels have been reproduced on film strips.  These are:   0.43 - 0.48 vim,




0.52 - 0.57 urn, 0.61 - 0.70 urn, and 9.3 - 11.7 urn.




      Preprocessing of the scanner data had been undertaken at selected




areas, and computer processing of a section of the New York shoreline was




completed.




      A request was forwarded to EPA for ground truth data at a number of




locations in the study area.  This information is required in the data




processing phase of this investigation.  To date, this information has not




been received.




      The objectives of the program for the first year were to collect




multispectral data and to demonstrate the ability to map Cladophora.




These objectives have been realized.









E.    AREAS OF PROGRAM WHICH ARE BEHIND SCHEDULE




      None









F.    SUMMARY OF RESULTS TO DATE




      In view of the fact that the second year of the program is devoted




to computer processing of the data, the results of the first year effort




presented herein are necessarily limited to selected examples.
                                  -332-

-------
      Shown in Figures 1 and 2 is a portion of the New York shoreline in




the vicinity of North Hamlin,  New York.   The dark areas visible in  the




0.52 - 0.57 pm band are Cladophora beds.   The upper band,  9.3 - 11.7  ym,




depicts surface temperature variations at the time of the  overflight.




      Computer processing of a section of shoreline  was completed  and the




area extent of Cladophora was calculated.  Shown in Figure 3 is a digital




map of a portion of the study area illustrated in Figure 2.  The area shown




is 470 meters by 1220 meters.   Within this area, 430,344 sq meters  or 75%




of the bottom is covered by Cladophora.   Ground truth data provided by EPA




will be used to calculate standing crop expressed as weight per unit  area.
                                 -333-

-------
                                        9.3-11.7 /«m
i
u>
u>
**
                                       0.52-0.57 //m



         MULTISPECTRAL IMAGERY-LAKE ONTARIO NEAR NORTH HAMLIN, N. Y.

                                     20 JUNE 1972
   Sheet 1 of 2 Sheets
                                       FIGURE I

-------
                                           9.3-11.7
i
OJ
W
Ul
                                           0.5210.57 //m


               MULTISPECTRAL IMAGERY-LAKE ONTARIO NEAR NORTH HAMLIN, N. Y.

                                         20 JUNE 1972
      Sheet 2 of 2 Sheets
                                          FIGURE 2

-------
                                                                            1220 meters
LO

Oi

 I
 c
 (/I
                                I:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
                                                                                               HHl  iii&iMi
                                                                                                                                         5?Ilf5:SU
                                                                                                                                              '«????5_3 ™?T'
 a
 3
 •+•

 2
 5°
CLADOPHORA DISTRIBUTION

  LAKE ONTARIO NEAR NORTH HAMUN, N. Y.

        Scene Date - 20 lune 1972



          FIGURE   3
 (Jl
 9
 u
 33
 o>

-------